[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022033246A1 - Method and apparatus for managing session connection - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for managing session connection Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022033246A1
WO2022033246A1 PCT/CN2021/105038 CN2021105038W WO2022033246A1 WO 2022033246 A1 WO2022033246 A1 WO 2022033246A1 CN 2021105038 W CN2021105038 W CN 2021105038W WO 2022033246 A1 WO2022033246 A1 WO 2022033246A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
session connection
session
terminal
smf
access
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/105038
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李永翠
陈泽昊
倪慧
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2022033246A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022033246A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/25Maintenance of established connections

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more for example, to a method and apparatus for managing session connections.
  • ATSSS access traffic steering, switching, splitting
  • a terminal can establish a single-access protocol data unit (PDU) session or a multi-access PDU (multi-access PDU session) between the terminal and a data network (DN).
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • DN data network
  • MA PDU multi-access PDU session
  • the terminal can establish a PDU session through a 3GPP access network or an N3GPP access network, and can also establish a MA PDU session through a 3GPP access network and an N3GPP access network.
  • the terminal when the terminal moves out of the service area (service area, SA) of the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element corresponding to the MA PDU session, the MA PDU session is released. After the MA PDU session is released, the terminal may re-initiate the MA PDU session establishment process. Since the terminal is not in the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the session establishment request for requesting the MA PDU session will be rejected, resulting in service interruption and poor user experience.
  • service area service area
  • SMF session management function
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for managing session connections, which can avoid service interruption when a terminal moves out of an SMF SA, thereby improving user experience.
  • a method for managing a session connection comprising: a first SMF receiving a first message from an AMF; and the first SMF determining, according to the first message, that a terminal has moved out of the first SMF's service area; when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection; the first SMF sends a message to the AMF first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.
  • the first SMF receives the first message sent from the AMF, and determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the first message. In the case of determining that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the current multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, and sends the first SMF indicating the single-access session connection to the AMF. an instruction message.
  • the first SMF modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and cannot perform the multi-access session connection, and informs the AMF helps subsequent services to communicate through a single-access session connection, that is, to avoid interruption of subsequent services, thereby improving user experience.
  • the movement of the terminal out of the service area of the first SMF affects the 3GPP session branch in the original multi-access call-back link.
  • the SMF can change the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, which is a non-3GPP session, so that the service will not be interrupted. Or, if the SMF changes the multi-access session connection to a 3GPP session, a single-access session connection, the subsequent network side will insert a second SMF (for example, I-SMF), and the service area of the third SMF includes the terminal's service area. The current location, therefore, can continue to provide services for the terminal through the second SMF. In this way, the service of the terminal will not be interrupted.
  • a second SMF for example, I-SMF
  • the method further includes: the first SMF receives a second message from the AMF; and the first SMF determines, according to the second message, that the terminal has moved into the first The service area of the SMF; the first SMF determines to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection when the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF; the first SMF The SMF sends second indication information to the AMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.
  • the AMF detects the location of the terminal and sends a second message to the first SMF. If the first SMF determines according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF after moving out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the single-access session connection to the multiple-access session connection, and Send second indication information for indicating the connection of the multiple access session to the AMF. That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, the first SMF modifies the single-access session connection to a multiple-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, and informs the AMF, which is helpful for subsequent Services can be communicated through multi-access session connections, thereby improving communication efficiency and improving user experience.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the multi-access session connection may include two branches, 3GPP session connection and N3GPP session connection.
  • the single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection may be a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection. This increases the flexibility of single-access session connections.
  • the method further includes: the first SMF acquires policy information; and the first SMF determines, according to the policy information, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF Next, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the policy information may directly indicate a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection, so that the first SMF can determine which branch of the multi-access session connection the single-access session connection is specifically according to the session connection indicated by the policy information. That is, through the direct indication of the policy information, the power consumption overhead of the first SMF is reduced.
  • the method further includes: the first SMF obtains load information; the first SMF determines, according to the load information, the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the Non-3GPP session The load status of the connection; the first SMF determines, according to the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the Non-3GPP session connection, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the The single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the first SMF may acquire load information, and indirectly determine the specific content of the single-access session connection through the load information. In this way, the first SMF can flexibly select the appropriate branch of the MA PDU session according to the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection, thereby ensuring that the service is not interrupted, and improving the communication quality of the subsequent services, further improving the user experience.
  • the method further includes: the first SMF sends third indication information to the terminal through the second SMF, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to transfer the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and/or instructing the terminal to delete the Non-3GPP session connection.
  • the second SMF may inform the terminal to transfer the service of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the terminal. Branch to the reserved session connection, thus avoiding service loss and further improving the user experience.
  • the method further includes: the first SMF sends fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the Non - 3GPP session connection, and/or instructing the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal may be instructed to migrate the services of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the reserved session. Connected branches, thus avoiding the loss of business and further improving the user experience.
  • the method further includes: when the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, sending fifth indication information to the terminal, where the fifth indication information uses to instruct the terminal to establish a 3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal can be informed to establish another branch 3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.
  • the method when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the method It also includes: in the case that the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, sending sixth indication information to the terminal through the second SMF, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate The terminal establishes a Non-3GPP session connection.
  • the second SMF can inform the terminal to establish another branch N3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.
  • the method further includes: the first SMF sends the first indication information to the terminal.
  • the sending of the first indication information by the first SMF to the terminal may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF.
  • the terminal modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection according to the first indication information, which helps subsequent services to communicate through the single-access session connection, that is, avoids the interruption of subsequent services, thereby improving user experience .
  • the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF.
  • the AMF sends the first message to the first SMF. That is, the AMF instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF SA through the first message. That is to say, the AMF detects the movement of the terminal, and informs the first SMF that the first SMF SA has been moved out, and the first SMF can directly learn that the terminal has moved out of the first SMF SA. This saves the power consumption overhead of the first SMF judging whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the first message includes location information of the terminal
  • the method further includes: determining, by the first SMF, that the terminal moves out of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal service area.
  • the first SMF may determine whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. For example, the first SMF may determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. Or the first SMF determines that the terminal has not moved out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. That is, the AMF sends the location information of the terminal, and the first SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA according to the location information, which saves the power consumption overhead of the AMF to determine whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • a method for managing a session connection comprising: an AMF sending a first message to an SMF, where the first message is used to determine that a terminal moves out of a service area of the SMF; the AMF receives a message from the SMF; The first indication information of the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection.
  • the first message sent by the AMF to the SMF so that the SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF according to the first message, and when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, modifies the current multi-access session connection to Single access session connection.
  • the AMF receives the first indication information from the SMF. That is to say, when the SMF determines that the terminal cannot perform the multi-access session connection when it moves out of the service area of the SMF, it modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection and informs the AMF, which helps subsequent services to be connected through a single-access session.
  • the access session is connected for communication, that is, the interruption of subsequent services is avoided, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sends a second message to the SMF, where the second message is used to determine that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF; the AMF receives a message from the SMF.
  • the second indication information of the SMF where the second indication information is used to indicate a multi-access session connection.
  • the AMF detects the location of the terminal and sends a second message to the SMF. If the SMF determines according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again after moving out of the service area of the SMF, the SMF modifies the single-access session connection to a multi-access session connection, and sends a message indicating the multi-access session connection to the AMF.
  • the second indication information of the connection of the access session that is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, when the SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again, the SMF modifies the single-access session connection to the multiple-access session connection, and informs the AMF, which helps subsequent services to be processed through multiple access sessions.
  • the access session connection is used for communication, thereby improving communication efficiency and improving user experience.
  • the method further includes: the AMF, according to the second indication information, modifies the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, so
  • the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection
  • the AMF updates the saved association relationship in time according to the second indication information, so that the association information saved by the AMF is consistent with the characteristics of the session.
  • the method further includes: modifying, by the AMF, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection according to the first indication information,
  • the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection
  • the association relationship between the identifier and the session identifier of the multi-access session connection is modifying, by the AMF, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection according to the first indication information.
  • the AMF updates the saved association relationship in time according to the first indication information, so that the association information saved by the AMF is consistent with the characteristics of the session.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the multi-access session connection may include two branches, 3GPP session connection and N3GPP session connection.
  • the single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection may be a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection. This increases the flexibility of single-access session connections.
  • the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF.
  • the AMF sends the first message to the SMF. That is, the AMF instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF SA through the first message. That is to say, the AMF detects the movement of the terminal, and informs the SMF when the SMF SA is detected, and the SMF can directly learn that the terminal has moved out of the SMF SA. This saves the power consumption overhead of SMF judging whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the first message includes location information of the terminal, where the location information of the terminal is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF.
  • the AMF sends the location information of the terminal, and the SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA according to the location information, which saves the power consumption overhead of the AMF to determine whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • a method for managing session connections comprising: a terminal receiving first indication information from an SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection; An indication message, modifying the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information, and modifies the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection according to the first indication information. That is to say, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF and cannot perform the multi-access session connection, the multi-access session connection is modified to a single-access session connection, which helps subsequent services to be connected through a single-access session. Session connection is used for communication, that is, interruption of subsequent services is avoided, thereby improving user experience.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the multi-access session connection may include two branches, 3GPP session connection and N3GPP session connection.
  • the single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection may be a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection. This increases the flexibility of single-access session connections.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives second indication information from the SMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection; The second indication information is to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection.
  • the terminal modifies the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection, which helps subsequent services to communicate through the multi-access session connection, thereby improving communication efficiency and improving user experience.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receiving third indication information from the SMF; the terminal connecting the Non-3GPP session to a corresponding service according to the third indication information migrating to the 3GPP session connection; and/or the terminal deletes the Non-3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.
  • the terminal can be instructed to migrate the services of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the branch of the reserved session connection, thus, the loss of services is avoided, and the user experience is further improved.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, fourth indication information from the SMF; and, according to the fourth indication information, corresponding the terminal to the 3GPP session connection. and/or the terminal deletes the 3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.
  • the SMF determines that the terminal retains the branch of the N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection after the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, it can inform the terminal to migrate the services of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the branch of the reserved session connection, Thus, the loss of services is avoided, and the user experience is further improved.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives fifth indication information; and the terminal establishes the 3GPP session connection according to the fifth indication information.
  • the SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again, it can inform the terminal to establish another branch 3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal can communicate through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.
  • the method further includes: modifying, by the terminal, the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection according to the fifth indication information,
  • the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection
  • the association relationship between the identifier and the session identifier of the multi-access session connection is modifying, by the terminal, the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection according to the fifth indication information.
  • the terminal updates the saved association relationship in time according to the fifth indication information, so that the association information saved by the terminal is consistent with the characteristics of the session.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receiving sixth indication information; and the terminal establishing the Non-3GPP session connection according to the sixth indication information.
  • the SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again, it can inform the terminal to establish another branch N3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal can communicate through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.
  • the method further includes: the terminal, according to the sixth indication information, modifies, by the terminal, the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, where
  • the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection
  • the terminal updates the saved association relationship in time according to the sixth indication information, so that the association information saved by the terminal is consistent with the characteristics of the session.
  • a method for establishing a multi-access session connection comprising: when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the AMF selects a second SMF for the terminal; the AMF sends the terminal to the The first SMF sends a first message, where the first message is used to trigger the first SMF to pass through a third SMF (for example, an I-SMF connected to the first SMF, the service area of the I-SMF includes the current location of the terminal) Send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a multi-access session connection through the second SMF (the service area of the second SMF also includes the current location of the terminal. That is, the terminal can directly service through the second SMF).
  • a third SMF for example, an I-SMF connected to the first SMF, the service area of the I-SMF includes the current location of the terminal
  • Send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a multi-access session connection through the second SMF (the
  • the AMF may select a second SMF for the terminal in the new area. After finding the second SMF, the AMF may send the first message to the first SMF.
  • the first SMF sends, to the terminal through the third SMF, instruction information indicating that the terminal establishes a multi-access session connection through the second SMF. The terminal re-establishes a multi-access session connection through the indication information, thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • the selecting, by the AMF, the second SMF for the terminal when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF includes: the AMF moves out of the service area of the first SMF when the terminal In the network access AN release process, the second SMF is selected for the terminal.
  • the AMF may move the terminal out of the service area of the first SMF, and in the AN release procedure, select the second SMF for the terminal. That is, the present application provides another trigger condition for selecting the second SMF.
  • a fifth aspect provides a method for establishing a multi-access session connection, the method comprising: a terminal receiving an indication message from a first SMF, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a multi-access session directly through the second SMF session connection, the terminal currently performs service transmission through a single-access session connection, where the single-access session connection is a session connection established through the third SMF and the first SMF; the terminal according to the indication information , establishing the multi-access session connection.
  • the AMF may select a second SMF for the terminal in the new area. After finding the second SMF, the AMF may send the first message to the first SMF. When receiving the first message, the first SMF sends indication information to the terminal through the third SMF. The terminal establishes a multi-access session connection through the second SMF according to the indication information. That is, the terminal re-establishes a multi-access session connection through the indication information, thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: after the terminal completes the multi-access session connection, migrating the service of the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection for service transmission .
  • the terminal Before receiving the indication information, the terminal can perform service transmission through the single-access session connection.
  • the single-access session connection is a session connection established through the third SMF and the first SMF. After completing the multi-access session connection, the terminal can migrate the service of the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection for service transmission, thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: the terminal releases the service Single access session connection.
  • the terminal may also release the single-access session connection, thereby avoiding the single-access session connection. Waste of resources.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • an apparatus in a sixth aspect, is provided, and the apparatus may be an SMF or a chip in the SMF.
  • the device has the function of implementing the above-mentioned first aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module, the transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter, and the receiving module and the sending module may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna.
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the apparatus further includes a storage module, which can be, for example, a memory. When included, the memory module is used to store the instructions.
  • the processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute the instructions stored in the storage module or other instructions, so that the apparatus executes the above-mentioned first aspect and the communication method of various possible implementations.
  • the chip when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module and the sending module can be, for example, input/output interfaces, pins or circuits on the chip.
  • the processing module may be, for example, a processor.
  • the processing module can execute instructions to cause the chip in the SMF to perform the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible communication method of implementation.
  • the processing module may execute instructions in a storage module, and the storage module may be an in-chip storage module, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the memory module can also be located in the communication device, but located outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM), etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above An integrated circuit for executing the program of the method described in the first aspect.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • an apparatus in a seventh aspect, is provided, and the apparatus may be an AMF or a chip in the AMF.
  • the device has the function of implementing the above-mentioned second aspect or the fourth aspect, and various possible implementation manners. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the device includes: a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module.
  • the receiving module and the sending module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter, and the transceiver module may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna.
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the apparatus further includes a storage module, which may be, for example, a memory.
  • a storage module which may be, for example, a memory.
  • the memory module is used to store the instructions.
  • the processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute instructions stored in the storage module or instructions derived from other instructions, so that the apparatus executes the method of the second aspect or any one thereof.
  • the chip when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module, and optionally, the chip further includes a processing module.
  • the receiving module and the sending module can be, for example, input/output interfaces, pins or circuits on the chip.
  • the processing module may be, for example, a processor.
  • the processing module can execute instructions to cause the chip in the AMF to execute the second aspect or the fourth aspect and any possible communication method.
  • the processing module may execute instructions in a storage module
  • the storage module may be an in-chip storage module, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the memory module can also be located in the communication device, but located outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM), etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above An integrated circuit for program execution of various aspects of the communication method.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • an apparatus in an eighth aspect, and the apparatus may be a terminal or a chip in the terminal.
  • the device has the function of implementing the third aspect or the fifth aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module, the transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter, and the receiving module and the sending module may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna.
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the apparatus further includes a storage module, which may be, for example, a memory. When included, the memory module is used to store the instructions.
  • the processing module is connected with the storage module, and the processing module can execute the instructions stored in the storage module or other instructions, so that the apparatus executes the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or the methods of various possible implementations .
  • the chip when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module and the sending module can be, for example, input/output interfaces, pins or circuits on the chip.
  • the processing module may be, for example, a processor.
  • the processing module can execute the instructions, so that the chip in the terminal executes the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any possible communication method implemented.
  • the processing module may execute instructions in a storage module, and the storage module may be an in-chip storage module, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the memory module can also be located in the communication device, but located outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM), etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • a computer storage medium where program codes are stored in the computer storage medium, and the program codes are used to instruct instructions for executing the methods in the first aspect and any possible implementations thereof.
  • a tenth aspect provides a computer storage medium, where program codes are stored in the computer storage medium, and the program codes are used to instruct instructions for executing the methods in the second aspect or the fourth aspect and any possible implementations thereof. .
  • a computer storage medium is provided, and program codes are stored in the computer storage medium, and the program codes are used to instruct the execution of the third aspect or the fifth aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner thereof. instruction.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the above-mentioned first aspect, or any possible implementations thereof.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the second aspect or the fourth aspect, or any possible implementations thereof.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any possible implementation thereof.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, the communication system comprising a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs for implementing the above-mentioned second aspect
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a communication system, which includes a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the fourth aspect, and the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs for implementing the fifth aspect. functional device.
  • a seventeenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for communicating with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement any aspect or any possibility of the above-mentioned first aspect method in the implementation.
  • the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions.
  • the processor is configured to implement the method of the first aspect above, or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the chip can be integrated on the SMF.
  • An eighteenth aspect provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement the second aspect or the fourth aspect or any possibility thereof method in the implementation.
  • the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions.
  • the processor is configured to implement the method of the second aspect or the fourth aspect, or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the chip can be integrated on the AMF.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any of the above methods in possible implementations.
  • the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions.
  • the processor is configured to implement the method of the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the chip can be integrated on the terminal.
  • the SMF receives the first message sent from the AMF, and determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF according to the first message.
  • the SMF modifies the current multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, and sends first indication information for indicating the single-access session connection to the AMF.
  • the SMF when the SMF determines that the terminal cannot perform the multi-access session connection after moving out of the service area of the SMF, it modifies the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection, and informs the AMF, which helps Subsequent services can be communicated through a single access session connection, that is, interruption of subsequent services is avoided, thereby improving user experience.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G architecture supporting ATSSS of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a multi-access session connection according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for managing a session connection according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for managing session connection according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for managing session connection according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to another specific embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to another specific embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • 5th generation new radio
  • NR new radio
  • the terminal device in the embodiments of this application may refer to a device with a wireless transceiver function, which may be referred to as a terminal device (terminal), a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal device ( mobile terminal, MT), vehicle terminal equipment, remote station, remote terminal equipment, etc.
  • the specific form of the terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wearable device tablet computer (pad), a desktop computer, a notebook computer, an all-in-one computer, a car Terminal equipment, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), etc.
  • Terminal equipment can be applied to the following scenarios: virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), remote medical surgery (remote medical surgery), intelligent Power grid (smart grid), transportation safety (transportation safety), smart city (smart city), smart home (smart home), etc.
  • Terminal devices can be stationary or mobile. It should be noted that the terminal device may support at least one wireless communication technology, such as LTE, NR, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), and the like.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides a wireless communication function for a terminal device, and may also be referred to as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device or the like.
  • Network equipment includes but is not limited to: next generation node B (gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), baseband unit (BBU), transmitting and receiving point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (TP), relay station, access point, etc.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc. in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device may support at least one wireless communication technology, such as LTE, NR, WCDMA, and the like.
  • the gNB may include centralized units CU and DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the higher-layer signaling such as the RRC layer signaling
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application can be executed to provide the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute a program.
  • computer readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water; and can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the wireless access network device and the terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G architecture supporting ATSSS according to the present application.
  • the 5G architecture includes terminals, 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) access network networks, non-3GPP (N3GPP) access network networks, access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements, SMF network element, user plane function (UPF) network element and DN.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • N3GPP non-3GPP
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF user plane function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the terminal mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services.
  • the terminal interacts with 3GPP (and/or N3GPP) through the air interface, and communicates with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum (NAS) signaling. interact.
  • 3GPP and/or N3GPP
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • AMF is a core network element and is mainly responsible for signaling processing, such as access control, mobility management, registration and de-registration, and gateway selection. AMF can also provide services for sessions in terminals.
  • a storage resource of the control plane is provided for the session to store the session ID, the SMF network element ID associated with the session ID, and the like.
  • the mobility management may be user location update, user registration network, or user switching.
  • SMF is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification and release.
  • Specific functions include allocating Internet Protocol (IP) addresses to users, selecting UPFs that provide message forwarding functions, establishing, modifying and releasing bearers, and quality of service (QoS) control.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • UPFs that provide message forwarding functions
  • QoS quality of service
  • SMF SA SMF SA can be understood as the sum of the service scope of all UPFs it manages. Assuming that the terminal establishes a session, the session control plane is provided with the session management service by the SMF, and the user plane is provided with the forwarding service by the UPF. When the UE moves out of the SMF SA, an intermediate SMF (I-SMF) needs to be inserted into the control plane to connect to the SMF, and an intermediate UPF (I-UPF) needs to be inserted into the user plane to connect to the UPF to ensure service continuity sex.
  • I-SMF intermediate SMF
  • I-UPF intermediate UPF
  • UPF is mainly responsible for processing user packets, such as forwarding and accounting statistics.
  • the UPF directly connected to the DN through the N6 in the session may be called a PDU session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA) network element.
  • PDU session anchor PDU session anchor, PSA
  • DN is a network that provides data services for users, such as IP multimedia services (IP multi-media service, IMS), the Internet (internet), and so on.
  • IP multimedia services IP multi-media service, IMS
  • IMS IP multi-media service
  • Internet Internet
  • Access traffic steering Select an access network (3GPP access network or N3GPP access network) for the service flow to transmit the service of the data flow.
  • access traffic switching Switch the service flow from one access network to another access network and ensure the continuity of the service flow.
  • access traffic splitting Distribute the service packets of a service flow to different access networks. Some of the service packets are transmitted through one access technology, and some service packets are transmitted through another access technology.
  • TD-SCDMA time division synchronous code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • the corresponding access devices include but are not limited to wireless network access points (WiFi access points, WiFi AP), global Microwave access interoperability (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) BS, etc.
  • the terminal can complete the data transmission between the terminal and the DN by establishing a MA PDU session.
  • the terminal may access the DN through the 3GPP access technology and the N3GPP access technology, respectively.
  • the terminal can establish a PDU session called "MA PDU session" between the 3GPP access network and the non-3GPP access network.
  • the MA PDU session can use two access networks for data transmission at the same time, and data aggregation is performed in the UPF. Among them, the connection on each access technology side is called one leg of the MA PDU session.
  • the terminal when the terminal registers with 3GPP or N3GPP at the same time, the terminal can request to establish a MA PDU session.
  • the terminal may also request the establishment of a MA PDU session when the terminal is registered with only one of the access technologies (eg, 3GPP or N3GPP).
  • the terminal in the process of establishing the MA PDU session, can obtain the ATSSS rules (rules) provided by the network side, and the UPF can also obtain the N4 rules provided by the network side. In this way, the terminal can decide how to distribute the upstream traffic flow between the two access technologies according to the ATSSS rules and local conditions (for example, signal loss situation or user preference, etc.).
  • the UPF can also determine how to distribute the downlink service flow between the two access technologies according to the N4 rules and the feedback information of the terminal (for example, whether the access network is available).
  • the terminal when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the MA PDU session is released. After the MA PDU session is released, the terminal may re-initiate the MA PDU session establishment process. Since the terminal is not in the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the session establishment request for requesting the MA PDU will be rejected, resulting in service interruption and poor user experience.
  • the PDU session means that the terminal communicates only through the session established by 3GPP, or the terminal communicates only through the session established by N3GPP.
  • the present invention is abbreviated as a session or a common session or a single-access session, and a connection corresponding to a common session or a single-access session is abbreviated as a single-access session connection.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system retains the session branch (one leg) established by 3GPP of the MA PDU session.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of another scenario of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, after the terminal moves out of the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the system retains the session branch of the MA PDU session established through N3GPP.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the AMF sends the first message to the first SMF. Accordingly, the first SMF receives the first message from the AMF.
  • the first SMF determines, according to the first message, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF.
  • the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF.
  • the AMF may determine whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA based on the first SMF SA obtained from a network repository function (NRF) network element according to the movement of the terminal. If the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the AMF sends the first message to the first SMF. That is, the AMF instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF SA through the first message. That is to say, the AMF detects the movement of the terminal, and informs the first SMF that the first SMF SA has been moved out, and the first SMF can directly learn that the terminal has moved out of the first SMF SA. This saves the power consumption overhead of the first SMF judging whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • NRF network repository function
  • the first message includes location information of the terminal, so that the first SMF can determine whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal.
  • the AMF can detect the location of the terminal in real time, and send the location information to the first SMF.
  • the first SMF may determine whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. For example, the first SMF may determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. Or the first SMF determines that the terminal has not moved out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. That is, the AMF sends the location information of the terminal, and the first SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA according to the location information, which saves the power consumption overhead of the AMF to determine whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the terminal may perform a mobility management (mobility management, MM) procedure (for example, a handover (HO) procedure, a mobility registration update or service request (service request, SR, etc.).
  • MM mobility management
  • HO handover
  • service request service request, SR, etc.
  • the first SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF.
  • the first SMF sends first indication information to the AMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.
  • the AMF receives the first indication information from the first SMF.
  • the first SMF receives the first message sent from the AMF, and determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the first message. In the case of determining that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the current multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, and sends the first SMF indicating the single-access session connection to the AMF. an instruction message.
  • the first SMF modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and cannot perform the multi-access session connection, and informs the AMF helps subsequent services to communicate through a single-access session connection, that is, to avoid interruption of subsequent services, thereby improving user experience.
  • the AMF may modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the single-access session connection.
  • the association relationship between the session identification of the session connection and the first SMF identification, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the association of the session identification of the single-access session connection, the first SMF identification and the session identification of the multi-access session connection relation.
  • the AMF can save the corresponding association relationship according to the current session connection.
  • the AMF may modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection.
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection includes the session identification (for example, MA PDU session indication) of the multi-access session connection, the first SMF identification (identity, ID) and the session identification (PDU session ID) of the session connection, that is, PDU session ID--first SMF ID--MA PDU session indication.
  • the association relationship of the single-access session connection includes the PDU session ID and the first SMF ID, that is, the PDU session ID--the first SMF ID.
  • the AMF updates the saved association relationship in time according to the first indication information, so that the association information saved by the AMF is consistent with the characteristics of the session. That is, when the session is a MA PDU session, the AMF saves the session as a MA PDU session, that is, the association relationship is PDU session ID--first SMF ID--MA PDU session indication; when the session is a single-access session, AMF saves the session The session is a single-access session, that is, the association relationship is the PDU session ID--the first SMF ID.
  • the PDU session connection may include a single-access session connection and a multi-access session connection.
  • the identifier of the PDU session connection may be collectively referred to as the identifier of the session connection.
  • For a single-access session connection it can be represented by the ID and SMF ID of the PDU session connection saved by AMF, and for a multi-access session connection, it can be represented by the ID, SMF ID and MA PDU session indication of the PDU session connection saved by AMF.
  • the AMF also saves a special mark, which is used to indicate that the session is a special session, that is, the AMF performs the following actions for the session: judging whether the terminal moves into or out of the first SMF service range, and when the terminal moves into or out of the first SMF service range.
  • the first message is sent to the first SMF, so that the first SMF determines whether the session is an MA PDU session or a single-access session according to the first message.
  • the AMF marks the session as a special session.
  • the special mark can be represented by MA PDU session indication or other identifiers.
  • the AMF determines to perform special processing on the session according to the special mark, that is, to monitor whether the terminal moves into or out of the service range of the first SMF, so as to realize the processing of the session by the first SMF and ensure the normal progress of the session connection.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection.
  • the multi-access session connection may include two branches, the 3GPP session connection and the N3GPP session connection.
  • the single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection.
  • a second SMF ie, I-SMF
  • I-SMF I-SMF
  • the first SMF may communicate directly with the terminal through the N3GPP session.
  • the second SMF may not be inserted between the first SMF and the terminal.
  • the first SMF may also receive a second message from the AMF, and determine according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF, and then modify the single-access session connection to multiple Access session connection. Afterwards, the first SMF sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.
  • the AMF detects the location of the terminal and sends the second message to the first SMF. If the first SMF determines according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF after moving out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the single-access session connection to the multiple-access session connection, and Send second indication information for indicating the connection of the multiple access session to the AMF.
  • the AMF may modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship of the session connection.
  • the association relationship between the session identification and the first SMF identification, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the association relationship between the session identification of the session connection, the first SMF identification and the session identification of the multi-access session connection.
  • the AMF can save the corresponding association relationship according to the current session connection.
  • the AMF may modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection.
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection includes the session identification of the multi-access session connection (for example, MA PDU session indication), SMF identification (identity, ID) and PDU session ID, that is, PDU session ID--SMF ID-- MA PDU session indication.
  • the association relationship of a single-access session connection includes PDU session ID and SMF ID, that is, PDU session ID--SMF ID.
  • the first SMF may also acquire policy information. If the first SMF determines according to the policy information that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the multi-access session connection is modified to a single-access session connection; if the first SMF determines according to the policy information that the terminal moves in In the case of the service area of the first SMF, the single-access session connection is modified into a multi-access session connection.
  • step 403 may specifically be to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the policy information after receiving the policy information.
  • the first SMF may acquire the policy information before any step before step 404 .
  • the first SMF may acquire the policy information before step 401 .
  • the first SMF may specifically determine, according to the policy information, whether the specific content of the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in a multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection.
  • the policy information may directly indicate a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection, so that the first SMF can determine which branch of the multi-access session connection the single-access session connection is specifically according to the session connection indicated by the policy information. That is, through the direct indication of the policy information, the power consumption overhead of the first SMF is reduced.
  • the session connection indicated by the policy information may be a currently established session connection or a session connection that has not been established yet. If the session connection indicated by the current policy information is a session connection that has not yet been established, the first SMF may trigger the terminal to first establish the session connection indicated by the policy information.
  • the first SMF may acquire the policy information from a policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, or may configure the policy information locally.
  • policy control function policy control function
  • PCF mainly supports the provision of a unified policy framework to control network behavior, provides policy rules to control layer network functions, and is responsible for acquiring user subscription information related to policy decisions.
  • the first SMF may further acquire load information, and determine the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection according to the load information, and then according to the 3GPP session connection
  • the load status of the connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection determine whether the single-access session connection is specifically a 3GPP session connection in a multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection.
  • the first SMF may acquire load information, and determine the specific content of the single-access session connection through the load information.
  • the first SMF can flexibly select the appropriate branch of the MA PDU session according to the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection, thereby ensuring that the service is not interrupted, and improving the communication quality of the subsequent services, further improving the user experience.
  • the first SMF obtains policy information from the PCF, where the policy information indicates that the first SMF can determine the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the load information.
  • the present application does not limit the manner in which the first SMF obtains the load information.
  • the first SMF may obtain the load information from the AMF, the UPF or the RAN, or obtain the load information from other network elements, which is not limited in this application.
  • the load information may include the congestion situation of the network (eg, the congestion situation of the access network or the UPF), or the delay situation in the network (eg, end-to-end (E2E) delay).
  • the congestion situation of the network eg, the congestion situation of the access network or the UPF
  • the delay situation in the network eg, end-to-end (E2E) delay
  • the first SMF Third indication information may also be sent to the terminal through the second SMF, where the third indication information may be used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal may be instructed to migrate the service of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the reserved branch.
  • the branch of the session connection thus avoiding the loss of business and further improving the user experience.
  • the sending of the third indication information to the terminal by the first SMF may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF.
  • the third indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection.
  • the first SMF may notify the terminal to release the N3GPP session connection, thereby avoiding waste of resources.
  • the third indication information may also only instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal can actively transfer the services of the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection before deleting the N3GPP session connection.
  • the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and moves into the service area of the first SMF again, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection.
  • the second SMF sends sixth indication information to the terminal, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish an N3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal can be informed to establish another branch N3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.
  • the terminal can modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection.
  • the SMF further Fourth indication information may be sent to the terminal, where the fourth indication information may be used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal may be instructed to migrate the service of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the reserved branch.
  • the branch of the session connection that is, the connection branch on the N3GPP side, thus avoiding the loss of services and further improving the user experience.
  • the sending of the fourth indication information to the terminal by the first SMF may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF.
  • the fourth indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection.
  • the first SMF may notify the terminal to release the 3GPP session connection, thereby avoiding waste of resources.
  • the fourth indication information may also only instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection. Before deleting the 3GPP session connection, the terminal may actively transfer the services of the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.
  • the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and moves into the service area of the first SMF again, and the single-access session connection is the N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection.
  • fifth indication information is sent to the terminal, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish an N3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal can be informed to establish another branch 3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.
  • the terminal can modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection.
  • the first SMF may also send the foregoing first indication information to the terminal after step 403 .
  • sending the first indication information to the terminal by the first SMF may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF.
  • the first indication information may be respectively carried in the same message as the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information and sent in the same message, which is not limited in this application.
  • a second SMF ie, I-SMF
  • I-SMF I-SMF
  • the first SMF can send the first indication information to the terminal through the second SMF.
  • the first SMF may directly send the first indication information to the terminal through the N3GPP session connection.
  • the second SMF may not be inserted between the first SMF and the terminal.
  • the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session in the service area of the first SMF.
  • the AMF selects an I-SMF (eg, the third SMF).
  • the first SMF provides services for the terminal through the third SMF.
  • the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and moves into a new area.
  • the moved position of the terminal is within the service area of the third SMF.
  • the session is a multi-access session connection; when the terminal moves out of the first SMF service area, the multi-access session connection is changed to a single-access session connection.
  • the reserved single-access session connection corresponds to the 3GPP access technology, and at this time, the third SMF and the first SMF jointly provide session management services for the terminal.
  • the reserved single-access session connection corresponds to the N3GPP access technology, and the first SMF provides session management services for the terminal at this time. Therefore, it can be known from the above description that the terminal can only communicate through a single-access session connection in a new area, and cannot communicate through a multi-access session connection.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a multi-access session connection according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the AMF selects a second SMF for the terminal.
  • the AMF may select the second SMF for the terminal in the new area.
  • the first SMF may be a network element that provides services for the terminal at the terminal A.
  • the second SMF may be a network element that directly provides services for the terminal when the terminal is at B.
  • place B can be a resident place.
  • the terminal moves from the permanent location B to A, establishes a MA PDU session at A, and communicates through the session. After that, when the terminal moves from place A to place B again, the second SMF can be selected for the terminal.
  • the B ground is outside the SMF SA corresponding to the first SMF.
  • the second SMF can provide services for the terminal without passing through the I-SMF.
  • step 501 when the AMF may detect in real time and determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, step 501 is performed.
  • the AMF may perform step 501 when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and in the access network (access network, AN) release process.
  • the AN release procedure is used to release the relevant resources of the AN, so that the terminal enters an idle state.
  • the AMF sends a first message to the first SMF.
  • the first SMF After receiving the first message, the first SMF sends indication information to the terminal through the third SMF.
  • the first SMF may send the indication information to the terminal through the third SMF and the AMF in sequence.
  • the first message in step 502 is used to trigger the first SMF to send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a multi-access session connection through the second SMF.
  • the terminal receives the indication information from the first SMF.
  • the AMF may send the first message to the first SMF.
  • the first SMF sends, to the terminal, indication information indicating that the terminal establishes a multi-access session connection through the second SMF.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the terminal establishes a multi-access session connection according to the indication information.
  • the terminal re-establishes a multi-access session connection through the indication information, thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • the terminal migrates the service of the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection for service transmission.
  • the terminal may perform service transmission through a single-access session connection.
  • the single-access session connection is a session connection established through the third SMF and the first SMF.
  • the terminal may establish the single-access session connection through the AMF, the first SMF and the third SMF.
  • the service of the single-access session connection can be migrated to the multi-access session connection (as shown in FIG. session connection) for service transmission, thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • the terminal may also release the single-access session connection after the terminal migrates the service of the single-access session connection to the session of the multi-access session connection for service transmission.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session within the first SMF SA. After the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the first SMF determines to retain the 3GPP session connection according to the policy information.
  • the first SMF acquires policy information.
  • step 601 may occur at any time before the step 607, which is not limited in this application.
  • the MM process is started.
  • the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the present application may perform step 603 after performing step 602 . That is, one or more steps in the MM procedure can trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the terminal currently registers with the network through the 3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection.
  • the UE moves and executes the MM process, and the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA. For details of this step, refer to step 603.
  • the terminal may not execute step 602, but execute the session establishment process to establish another branch of the MA PDU session, that is, the 3GPP side session connection.
  • one or more steps in the session establishment process may trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the terminal currently registers with the network through the N3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection.
  • the UE initiates the session establishment procedure through the 3GPP access technology to establish another branch of the MA PDU session.
  • the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the AMF sends a first message to the first SMF when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the AMF determines that the UE selects and inserts the I-SMF (for example, the second SMF) after moving out of the first SMF SA, that is, between the AMF and the first SMF SA.
  • the I-SMF for example, the second SMF
  • the AMF selects and inserts an I-SMF (eg, the second SMF) in the process of establishing a session connection on the 3GPP side.
  • step 604 the specific implementation manner of the first message in step 604 is as follows: the AMF sends a request message for creating a session management context to the second SMF, and the second SMF sends a request message for creating a session to the first SMF.
  • step 605 may specifically be that the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the received creation request message.
  • the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA according to the first message.
  • the first SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the first SMF determines, according to the policy information, that when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the policy information may directly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the first SMF SA.
  • the policy information may also indirectly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the first SMF SA.
  • the policy information indicates that the first SMF can determine the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the first SMF acquires the load information of each branch of the multi-access session connection, and determines the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the acquired load information.
  • the system may pre-configure the first SMF in advance: when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection; In the case of moving into the first SMF SA, the single-access session connection is modified to a multi-access session connection.
  • steps 601 and 607 may not be performed in this embodiment.
  • the policy information indicates that the SMF may determine to reserve the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection of the multi-access session according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the SMF determines the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection to retain the multi-access session according to the acquired load information.
  • the first SMF may also acquire load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connections and the load status of the 3GPP session connections in the multiple access session connections according to the load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connections according to the N3GPP session connections.
  • the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the 3GPP session connection determine whether the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.
  • the first SMF may use the lightly loaded session connection as the single-access session connection. It should be noted that this description is applicable to the MA PDU session connection established by the terminal, and has both a 3GPP side branch and an N3GPP side branch.
  • the first SMF sends seventh indication information to the AMF, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.
  • the seventh indication information may specifically indicate that the single-access session connection is specifically a 3GPP session connection.
  • step 608 the specific implementation manner of step 608 is: the first SMF sends a create response message to the second SMF, and the second SMF sends a create session management context response message to the AMF.
  • step 609 may specifically be that the AMF changes the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session according to the received response message for creating a session management context.
  • the AMF After receiving the seventh indication information, the AMF saves the association relationship of the single-access session connection.
  • this step may also be performed before step 604 .
  • the first SMF may also send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.
  • the first SMF may send the first indication information to the terminal through the transparent transmission of the AMF.
  • the content of the seventh indication information and the first indication information may be the same.
  • the first SMF may send the first indication information to the terminal through the second SMF and AMF.
  • step 608 and step 610 does not limit the sequence of step 608 and step 610 .
  • the terminal receives the first indication information, and modifies the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection.
  • the terminal can learn that the specific content of the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection.
  • the first SMF sends third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection.
  • the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection.
  • the third indication information is further used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection.
  • steps 612 to 614 may not be performed in this application.
  • the first SMF may send the third indication information to the terminal through the second SMF and the AMF.
  • the third indication information can be applied to the following scenario: the terminal establishes a MA PDU session connection in N3GPP, and then initiates a session establishment process in 3GPP to establish another branch of the MA PDU session.
  • the first SMF may send third indication information to the terminal to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection.
  • step 612 and the step 610 may be performed simultaneously, or the third indication information and the first indication information are carried in the same message, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal receives the third indication information, and migrates the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.
  • the terminal receives the third indication information, and deletes the N3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.
  • the terminal executes step 613 after executing step 612, and does not need to execute step 614. If the third indication information only instructs the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection, the terminal performs step 614, but may not perform step 613. If the third indication information instructs the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and instructs the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection, the terminal may perform step 613 first and then step 614 .
  • steps 612 to 614 may not be performed in this embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
  • the AMF determines that the terminal moves into the first SMF SA.
  • the AMF may detect that the terminal moves into the first SMF SA.
  • step 615 may occur at any step after step 611, which is not limited in this application.
  • the AMF sends a second message to the first SMF when it is determined that the terminal has moved into the first SMF SA.
  • step 604 the specific implementation of the second message is similar to step 604, and the difference from step 604 is that the AMF sends an update session management context request message to the second SMF, and the second SMF sends an update request message to the first SMF.
  • the first SMF may determine, according to the second message, that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF.
  • the first SMF determines to modify the single-access session connection to a multi-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves into the first SMF SA.
  • the first SMF sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.
  • the first SMF sends the second indication information to the terminal through the second SMF and the AMF in sequence.
  • the terminal modifies the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information.
  • modification of the single-access session connection by the terminal to the multi-access session connection may specifically be modifying the saved association relationship of the single-access session connection to the saved association relationship of the multi-access session connection.
  • the first SMF may also send sixth indication information to the terminal through the second SMF, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish an N3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal may establish the N3GPP session connection according to the sixth indication information.
  • steps 615 to 622 are scenarios in which the terminal moves into the first SMF SA again after moving out of the first SMF SA. If the terminal does not move into the first SMF SA again, steps 615-622 are not performed.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminals communicate within the SMF SA through MA PDU sessions. After the terminal moves out of the SMF SA, the SMF retains the N3GPP session connection determined by the policy information.
  • the SMF obtains policy information.
  • step 701 may occur at any time before the step 707, which is not limited in this application.
  • the MM process is started.
  • the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the present application may perform step 703 after performing step 702 . That is, one or more steps in the MM procedure can trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the terminal currently registers with the network through the 3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection.
  • the UE moves and executes the MM process, and the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA. For details of this step, refer to step 703.
  • the terminal may not execute step 702, but execute the session establishment process to establish another branch of the MA PDU session, that is, the N3GPP side session connection.
  • one or more steps in the session establishment process may trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the terminal currently registers with the network through the N3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection.
  • the UE initiates the session establishment procedure through the 3GPP access technology to establish another branch of the MA PDU session.
  • the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the AMF sends a first message to the SMF when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA according to the first message.
  • the SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the SMF determines, according to the policy information, that the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the policy information may directly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the SMF SA.
  • the policy information may also indirectly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the SMF SA.
  • the policy information indicates that the SMF can determine the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the SMF acquires the load information of each branch of the multi-access session connection, and determines the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the acquired load information.
  • the system can be pre-configured in advance: when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA, the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection; when the terminal moves into the SMF SA again Next, the single access session connection is an N3GPP session connection among the multiple access session connections.
  • steps 701 and 707 may not be performed in this embodiment.
  • the policy information indicates that the SMF may determine to reserve the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection of the multi-access session according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the SMF determines the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection to retain the multi-access session according to the acquired load information.
  • the SMF may also obtain load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connection and the load status of the 3GPP session connection in the multiple access session connections according to the load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connection according to the load status of the N3GPP session connection.
  • the status and the load status of the 3GPP session connection determine whether the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection in the case that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.
  • the SMF may consider the lightly loaded session connection as the single-access session connection. It should be noted that this description is applicable to the MA PDU session connection established by the terminal, and has both a 3GPP side branch and an N3GPP side branch.
  • the SMF sends seventh indication information to the AMF, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.
  • the seventh indication information may specifically indicate that the single-access session connection is specifically an N3GPP session connection.
  • the AMF After receiving the seventh indication information, the AMF saves the association relationship of the single-access session connection.
  • the UE also initiates the N3GPP side session establishment process after step 709 to establish the N3GPP side session branch.
  • the following steps 710 to 713 may all occur in the session establishment process on the N3GPP side.
  • this step may also be performed before step 704 .
  • the SMF may also send the first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.
  • the SMF may send the first indication information to the terminal through the transparent transmission of the AMF.
  • the content of the seventh indication information and the first indication information may be the same.
  • step 708 and step 710 does not limit the sequence of step 708 and step 710 .
  • the terminal receives the first indication information, and modifies the multiple access session connections to the single access session connection.
  • the terminal can learn that the specific content of the single-access session connection is the N3GPP session connection.
  • the SMF may also send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection.
  • the fourth indication information can be applied to the following scenario: the terminal establishes a MA PDU session connection in 3GPP, and then initiates a session establishment process in N3GPP to establish another branch of the MA PDU session.
  • the SMF may send fourth indication information to the terminal to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection.
  • the fourth indication information is further used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.
  • the present application may not perform steps 712-714.
  • the terminal receives the fourth indication information, and migrates the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.
  • step 712 and the step 710 may be performed simultaneously, or the fourth indication information and the first indication information are carried in the same message, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal receives the fourth indication information, and deletes the 3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.
  • the terminal executes step 713 after executing step 712, and does not need to execute step 714. If the fourth indication information only instructs the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection, the terminal performs step 714 without performing step 713 . If the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection, and to instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection, the terminal may perform step 713 first and then step 714 .
  • steps 712 to 714 may not be performed in this embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
  • the AMF determines that the terminal moves into the SMF SA.
  • the AMF can detect that the terminal moves into the SMF SA.
  • step 715 may occur at any step after step 711, which is not limited in this application.
  • the AMF sends a second message to the SMF when it is determined that the terminal has moved into the SMF SA.
  • step 704 the specific implementation of the second message is similar to step 704, and the difference from step 704 is that the AMF sends an update session management context request message to the I-SMF, and the I-SMF sends an update request message to the first SMF.
  • the SMF may determine, according to the second message, that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF.
  • the SMF determines to modify the single-access session connection to a multi-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves into the SMF SA.
  • the SMF sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.
  • the SMF sends the second indication information to the terminal through the I-SMF and the AMF in sequence.
  • the terminal modifies the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information.
  • modification of the single-access session connection by the terminal to the multi-access session connection may specifically be modifying the saved association relationship of the single-access session connection to the saved association relationship of the multi-access session connection.
  • the SMF may also send fifth indication information to the terminal, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a 3GPP session connection.
  • the terminal establishes the 3GPP session connection according to the fifth indication information.
  • steps 715 to 722 are scenarios in which the terminal moves into the SMF SA again after the terminal moves out of the SMF SA. If the terminal does not move into the SMF SA again, steps 715-722 are not performed.
  • the interaction between AMF and SMF in FIG. 7 can also be that AMF interacts with SMF through I-SMF, and the specific interaction method can refer to In FIG. 6 , the interaction between the AMF and the first SMF through the second SMF will not be repeated here.
  • the I-SMF is the I-SMF selected and inserted by the AMF when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA in step 703, and the I-SMF and the SMF provide session management services for the terminal at this time.
  • each device may also be implemented by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) of a corresponding device.
  • each network element such as a transmitter device or a receiver device
  • each network element includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to performing each function in order to implement the above functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the transmitting-end device or the receiving-end device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. middle.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, or can be implemented in the form of software function modules.
  • the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following description will be given by using the division of each function module corresponding to each function as an example.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 800 for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 800 may correspond to the SMF in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and may have any function of the SMF in the method.
  • the apparatus 800 includes a transceiver module 810 and a processing module 820 .
  • the transceiver module 810 is configured to receive the first message from the AMF;
  • the processing module 820 is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF;
  • the processing module 820 is further configured to determine to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF;
  • the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send first indication information to the AMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.
  • the transceiver module 810 is further configured to receive the second message from the AMF;
  • the processing module 820 is further configured to determine, according to the second message, that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF;
  • the processing module 820 is further configured to determine to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection when the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF;
  • the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send second indication information to the AMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • processing module 820 is also used for:
  • the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • processing module 820 is also used for:
  • the load information determine the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the Non-3GPP session connection;
  • the single-access session connection is the multi-access connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF 3GPP session connection or Non-3GPP session connection in session connection.
  • the transceiver module 810 when the SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the transceiver module 810 further is used to send third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal to delete all Non-3GPP session connection described above.
  • the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the Non-3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal Delete the 3GPP session connection.
  • the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send fifth indication information to the terminal, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a 3GPP session connection.
  • the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the terminal, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a Non-3GPP session connection.
  • the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send the first indication information to the terminal.
  • the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF.
  • the first message includes location information of the terminal
  • the processing module 820 is further configured to determine, according to the location information of the terminal, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF.
  • FIG. 9 shows an apparatus 900 for managing a session connection provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 900 may be the SMF described in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 .
  • the device may adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the apparatus may include a processor 910 and a transceiver 930, and optionally, the apparatus may further include a memory 940, and the processor 910, the transceiver 930 and the memory 940 communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the related functions implemented by the processing module 820 in FIG. 8 can be implemented by the processor 910
  • the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 810 can be implemented by the processor 910 controlling the transceiver 930 .
  • the processor 910 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a special-purpose processor, or one or more An integrated circuit for implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • it may be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used to control devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.) that manage session connections, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. .
  • the processor 910 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • processors such as one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • the processor may be a single Core CPU, can also be a multi-core CPU.
  • the transceiver 930 is used to transmit and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter for transmitting data and/or signals and a receiver for receiving data and/or signals.
  • the memory 940 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (EPROM), read-only memory (EPROM), and erasable programmable memory (EPROM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • the memory 940 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal, and can be a separate device or integrated in the processor 910 .
  • the processor 910 is used to control the transceiver to transmit information with the AMF.
  • the processor 910 is used to control the transceiver to transmit information with the AMF.
  • the apparatus 900 may further include an output device and an input device.
  • the output device communicates with the processor 910 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc.
  • the input device communicates with the processor 601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device, or the like.
  • FIG. 9 merely shows a simplified design of the apparatus for managing session connections.
  • the device may also include other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all terminals that can implement the present application are within the protection scope of the present application within.
  • the apparatus 900 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in an SMF, for implementing the relevant functions of the processor 910 in the SMF.
  • the chip can be a field programmable gate array, an application-specific integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions.
  • the chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes, and when the codes are executed, make the processor implement corresponding functions.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a device, and the device may be an SMF or a circuit.
  • the apparatus may be used to perform the actions performed by the SMF in the above method embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1000 for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 may correspond to the AMF in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and may have any function of the AMF in the method.
  • the apparatus 1000 includes a transceiver module 1010 .
  • the transceiver module 1010 is configured to send a first message to the SMF, where the first message is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF;
  • the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive first indication information from the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection.
  • the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to send a second message to the SMF, where the second message is used to determine that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF; the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive a message from the SMF.
  • the second indication information of the SMF where the second indication information is used to indicate a multi-access session connection.
  • the apparatus 10000 further includes a processing module 1020, configured to modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association of the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information
  • the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session of the single-access session connection.
  • the association relationship between the ID, the SMF ID and the session ID of the multi-access session connection is the association relationship between the ID, the SMF ID and the session ID of the multi-access session connection.
  • the processing module 1020 is configured to, according to the first indication information, modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection, the single-access session connection
  • the association relationship is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection and the multi-access session ID.
  • the processing module 1020 is further configured to, according to the first indication information, modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection, the single-access session connection
  • the association relationship of the connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the SMF ID, and the multi-access session connection.
  • the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF.
  • the first message includes location information of the terminal, and the location information of the terminal is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF.
  • FIG. 11 shows an apparatus 1100 for managing a session connection provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the apparatus 1100 may be the AMF described in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 .
  • the device may adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the apparatus may include a processor 1110 and a transceiver 1120, and optionally, the apparatus may further include a memory 1130, and the processor 1110, the transceiver 1120 and the memory 1130 communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the related functions implemented by the processing module 1020 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the processor 1110
  • the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 1010 may be implemented by the processor 1110 controlling the transceiver 1120 .
  • the processor 1110 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a special-purpose processor, or one or more An integrated circuit for implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • it may be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process the communication protocol and communication data
  • the central processor can be used to control the device (eg, AMF or chip, etc.) for managing the session connection, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1110 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • processors such as one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • the processor may be a single Core CPU, can also be a multi-core CPU.
  • the transceiver 1120 is used to transmit and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter for transmitting data and/or signals and a receiver for receiving data and/or signals.
  • the memory 1130 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (EPROM), and read-only memory (EPROM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • the memory 1130 is used to store program codes and data of the AMF, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 1110 .
  • the processor 1110 is used to control the transceiver and the SMF, or perform information transmission with the terminal. For details, refer to the description in the method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
  • the apparatus 1100 may further include an output device and an input device.
  • the output device communicates with the processor 1110 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc.
  • the input device communicates with the processor 601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device, or the like.
  • FIG. 11 only shows a simplified design of the apparatus for managing session connections.
  • the device may also include other necessary elements, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all AMFs that can implement the present application are within the protection scope of the present application within.
  • the apparatus 1100 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in the AMF, for implementing the relevant functions of the processor 1110 in the AMF.
  • the chip can be a field programmable gate array, an application-specific integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions.
  • the chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes, and when the codes are executed, make the processor implement corresponding functions.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a device, and the device may be an AMF or a circuit.
  • the apparatus may be used to perform the actions performed by the AMF in the above method embodiments.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1200 for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1200 may correspond to the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and may have any function of the terminal in the method.
  • the apparatus 1200 includes a transceiver module 1210 and a processing module 1220 .
  • the transceiver module 1210 is configured to receive first indication information from the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection;
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to receive first indication information from the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection.
  • the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive second indication information from the SMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection;
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive third indication information from the SMF;
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to migrate the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection according to the third indication information; and/or
  • the processing module is further configured to delete the Non-3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the SMF;
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to migrate, by the terminal, the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information; and/or
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to delete the 3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive fifth indication information
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to establish the 3GPP session connection according to the fifth indication information.
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to, according to the fifth indication information, modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, the single-access session connection
  • the association relationship of the connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the SMF ID, and the multi-access session connection.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive sixth indication information
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to establish the Non-3GPP session connection according to the sixth indication information.
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to, according to the sixth indication information, modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, the single-access session connection
  • the association relationship of the connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID
  • the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the SMF ID, and the multi-access session connection.
  • FIG. 13 shows an apparatus 1300 for managing a session connection provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the apparatus 1300 may be the terminal described in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 .
  • the device may adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the apparatus may include a processor 1310 and a transceiver 1320, and optionally, the apparatus may further include a memory 1330, and the processor 1310, the transceiver 1320 and the memory 1330 communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the related functions implemented by the processing module 1220 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 may be implemented by the processor 1310
  • the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 1210 may be implemented by the processor 1310 controlling the transceiver 1320 .
  • the processor 1310 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a special-purpose processor, or one or more An integrated circuit for implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • it may be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit may be used to control a device (eg, terminal or chip, etc.) for managing session connections, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the processor 1310 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • processors such as one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • the processor may be a single Core CPU, can also be a multi-core CPU.
  • the transceiver 1320 is used to transmit and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter for transmitting data and/or signals and a receiver for receiving data and/or signals.
  • the memory 1330 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (EPROM), read-only memory (EPROM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • the memory 1330 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 1310 .
  • the processor 1310 is used to control the transceiver to transmit information with the SMF.
  • the processor 1310 is used to control the transceiver to transmit information with the SMF.
  • the apparatus 1300 may further include an output device and an input device.
  • the output device communicates with the processor 1310 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc.
  • the input device communicates with the processor 601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device, or the like.
  • FIG. 13 only shows a simplified design of the apparatus for managing session connections.
  • the device may also include other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all terminals that can implement the present application are within the protection scope of the present application within.
  • the device 1300 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in a terminal, for implementing the relevant functions of the processor 1310 in the terminal.
  • the chip can be a field programmable gate array, an application-specific integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions.
  • the chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes, and when the codes are executed, make the processor implement corresponding functions.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a terminal or a circuit.
  • the apparatus may be configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal.
  • the terminal takes a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminals, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminals may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 14 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 14 . In an actual end product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • an antenna with a transceiver function and a radio frequency circuit may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the terminal, and a processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal.
  • the terminal includes a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 .
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like.
  • the processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing single board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1410 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 1410 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1410 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like.
  • the transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • transceiving unit 1410 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal side in the above method embodiments
  • processing unit 1420 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal except the transceiving operations in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 1420 is configured to perform the processing steps on the terminal side in FIG. 6 .
  • the transceiving unit 1410 is configured to perform the transceiving operation in FIG. 6 , and/or the transceiving unit 1410 is further configured to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal side in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip When the communication device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the device may perform functions similar to the processor 1410 in FIG. 14 .
  • the device includes a processor 1501 , a transmit data processor 1503 , and a receive data processor 1505 .
  • the processing module 1220 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1501 in FIG. 15, and performs corresponding functions.
  • the transceiver module 1210 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 1503 and the receiving data processor 1505 in FIG. 15 .
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 15 , it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limiting description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, high-density digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks, SSD)) etc.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip, which has signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), or other possible solutions. Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • Programming logic devices discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory synchronous link DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • At least one means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are an “or” relationship.
  • At least one item(s) below” or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s).
  • at least one item (a) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c may be single or multiple .
  • a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components.
  • One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between 2 or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a method and apparatus for managing a session connection. The method comprises: an SMF receiving a first message sent from an AMF, and according to the first message, determining whether a terminal moves out of a service area of the SMF; and when it is determined that the terminal has moved out of the service area of the SMF, the SMF modifying the current multi-access session connection into a single-access session connection, and sending, to the AMF, first indication information for indicating the single-access session connection. That is to say, in the embodiments of the present application, when it is determined that a terminal has moved out of a service area of an SMF and cannot execute a multi-access session connection, the SMF modifies the multi-access session connection into a single-access session connection, and informs an AMF of same, such that communication can be performed in a subsequent service by means of the single-access session connection, i.e. the subsequent service is prevented from being interrupted, thereby improving the user experience.

Description

管理会话连接的方法和装置Method and apparatus for managing session connections

本申请要求于2020年08月10日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202010797810.X、申请名称为“管理会话连接的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010797810.X and the application title "Method and Apparatus for Managing Session Connections" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on August 10, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.

技术领域technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,更例如,涉及一种管理会话连接的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more for example, to a method and apparatus for managing session connections.

背景技术Background technique

接入流量选择、切换和分流(access traffic steering,switching,splitting,ATSSS)特性主要研究如何在第三代伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)接入网络和非3GPP(Non-3GPP,N3GPP)接入网络之间进行业务分发路径的选择、切换和分流。The feature of access traffic steering, switching, splitting (ATSSS) mainly studies how to access the network in the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) and non-3GPP (Non-3GPP, N3GPP) The selection, switching and distribution of service distribution paths are performed between access networks.

在支持ATSSS的5G架构中,终端可以在终端和数据网络(data network,DN)之间建立单接入协议数据单元(protocol data units,PDU)会话或多接入PDU(multi-access PDU session,MA PDU)会话。即终端可以通过3GPP接入网络或N3GPP接入网络建立PDU会话,也可以通过3GPP接入网络和N3GPP接入网络建立MA PDU会话。In the 5G architecture supporting ATSSS, a terminal can establish a single-access protocol data unit (PDU) session or a multi-access PDU (multi-access PDU session) between the terminal and a data network (DN). MA PDU) session. That is, the terminal can establish a PDU session through a 3GPP access network or an N3GPP access network, and can also establish a MA PDU session through a 3GPP access network and an N3GPP access network.

传统方案中,对于一个MA PDU会话,在终端移出该MA PDU会话对应的会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元的服务区域(service area,SA)时,该MA PDU会话被释放。MA PDU会话被释放后,终端可能会重新发起MA PDU会话建立流程。由于终端不在该MA PDU会话对应的SMF SA内,因此,用于请求该MA PDU会话的会话建立请求会被拒绝,从而导致业务中断,用户体验较差。In the traditional solution, for an MA PDU session, when the terminal moves out of the service area (service area, SA) of the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element corresponding to the MA PDU session, the MA PDU session is released. After the MA PDU session is released, the terminal may re-initiate the MA PDU session establishment process. Since the terminal is not in the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the session establishment request for requesting the MA PDU session will be rejected, resulting in service interruption and poor user experience.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本申请提供一种管理会话连接的方法和装置,能够在终端移出SMF SA的情况下,避免业务中断,从而提高了用户体验。The present application provides a method and apparatus for managing session connections, which can avoid service interruption when a terminal moves out of an SMF SA, thereby improving user experience.

第一方面,提供了一种管理会话连接的方法,该方法包括:第一SMF接收来自AMF的第一消息;所述第一SMF根据所述第一消息,确定终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域;所述第一SMF在所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,确定将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接;所述第一SMF向所述AMF发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述单接入会话连接。In a first aspect, a method for managing a session connection is provided, the method comprising: a first SMF receiving a first message from an AMF; and the first SMF determining, according to the first message, that a terminal has moved out of the first SMF's service area; when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection; the first SMF sends a message to the AMF first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.

第一SMF接收来自AMF发送的第一消息,并根据该第一消息确定终端是否移出该第一SMF的服务区域。第一SMF在确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,将当前的多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,并向该AMF发送用于指示该单接入会话连接的第一指示信息。也就是说,本申请实施例中,第一SMF在确定终端移出第一SMF的服务区域无法执行多接入会话连接的情况下,将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接, 并告知AMF,有助于后续业务可以通过单接入会话连接进行通信,即避免了后续业务的中断,从而提高了用户体验。需要说明的是,终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域影响的是原多接入回话链接中的3GPP会话分支。因此,如果SMF确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域,SMF可以将多接入会话连接改成non-3GPP会话这一种单接入会话连接,这样就不会中断业务。或者,如果SMF将多接入会话连接改成3GPP会话这一种单接入会话连接,后续网络侧将插入第二SMF(例如,I-SMF),且该第三SMF的服务区域包括终端的当前位置,因此可以通过该第二SMF继续为终端的业务提供服务。这样,终端的业务也不会中断。The first SMF receives the first message sent from the AMF, and determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the first message. In the case of determining that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the current multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, and sends the first SMF indicating the single-access session connection to the AMF. an instruction message. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the first SMF modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and cannot perform the multi-access session connection, and informs the AMF helps subsequent services to communicate through a single-access session connection, that is, to avoid interruption of subsequent services, thereby improving user experience. It should be noted that the movement of the terminal out of the service area of the first SMF affects the 3GPP session branch in the original multi-access call-back link. Therefore, if the SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the SMF can change the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, which is a non-3GPP session, so that the service will not be interrupted. Or, if the SMF changes the multi-access session connection to a 3GPP session, a single-access session connection, the subsequent network side will insert a second SMF (for example, I-SMF), and the service area of the third SMF includes the terminal's service area. The current location, therefore, can continue to provide services for the terminal through the second SMF. In this way, the service of the terminal will not be interrupted.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF接收来自所述AMF的第二消息;所述第一SMF根据所述第二消息,确定所述终端移入所述第一SMF的服务区域;所述第一SMF在所述终端移入所述第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,确定将所述单接入会话连接修改为所述多接入会话连接;所述第一SMF向所述AMF发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述多接入会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the first SMF receives a second message from the AMF; and the first SMF determines, according to the second message, that the terminal has moved into the first The service area of the SMF; the first SMF determines to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection when the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF; the first SMF The SMF sends second indication information to the AMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.

AMF检测终端的位置,并向第一SMF发送第二消息。若第一SMF根据该第二消息确定终端在移出第一SMF的服务区域之后,再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,则第一SMF将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接,并向AMF发送用于指示该多接入会话连接的第二指示信息。也就是说,本申请实施例中,第一SMF在确定终端再次移入第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接,并告知AMF,有助于后续业务可以通过多接入会话连接进行通信,从而提高了通信效率,以及提高了用户体验。The AMF detects the location of the terminal and sends a second message to the first SMF. If the first SMF determines according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF after moving out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the single-access session connection to the multiple-access session connection, and Send second indication information for indicating the connection of the multiple access session to the AMF. That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, the first SMF modifies the single-access session connection to a multiple-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, and informs the AMF, which is helpful for subsequent Services can be communicated through multi-access session connections, thereby improving communication efficiency and improving user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

多接入会话连接可以包括3GPP会话连接和N3GPP会话连接两个分支。单接入会话连接可以包括该多接入会话连接中的任意一个分支,即该单接入会话连接可以为3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接。这样提高了单接入会话连接的灵活性。The multi-access session connection may include two branches, 3GPP session connection and N3GPP session connection. The single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection may be a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection. This increases the flexibility of single-access session connections.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF获取策略信息;所述第一SMF根据所述策略信息,确定在所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the first SMF acquires policy information; and the first SMF determines, according to the policy information, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF Next, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

该策略信息可以是直接指示3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接,这样第一SMF可以根据该策略信息指示的会话连接确定该单接入会话连接具体是多接入会话连接中的哪一个分支。也就是说,通过策略信息的直接指示,减少了第一SMF的功耗开销。The policy information may directly indicate a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection, so that the first SMF can determine which branch of the multi-access session connection the single-access session connection is specifically according to the session connection indicated by the policy information. That is, through the direct indication of the policy information, the power consumption overhead of the first SMF is reduced.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF获取负载信息;所述第一SMF根据所述负载信息,确定所述3GPP会话连接的负载状况和所述Non-3GPP会话连接的负载状况;所述第一SMF根据所述3GPP会话连接的负载状况和所述Non-3GPP会话连接的负载状况,确定在所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the first SMF obtains load information; the first SMF determines, according to the load information, the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the Non-3GPP session The load status of the connection; the first SMF determines, according to the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the Non-3GPP session connection, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the The single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

第一SMF可以获取负载信息,通过负载信息间接的确定该单接入会话连接的具体内容。这样第一SMF可以根据该3GPP会话连接的负载状况和该N3GPP会话连接的负载状况灵活的选择合适MA PDU会话的分支,从而在保证业务不中断的同时,提高了后续业务的通信质量,进一步提高了用户体验。The first SMF may acquire load information, and indirectly determine the specific content of the single-access session connection through the load information. In this way, the first SMF can flexibly select the appropriate branch of the MA PDU session according to the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection, thereby ensuring that the service is not interrupted, and improving the communication quality of the subsequent services, further improving the user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,在所述第一SMF确定所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF通过第二SMF向所述终端发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端将Non-3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述3GPP会话连接,和/或指示所述终端删除所述Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, it is determined at the first SMF that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection In this case, the method further includes: the first SMF sends third indication information to the terminal through the second SMF, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to transfer the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and/or instructing the terminal to delete the Non-3GPP session connection.

若第一SMF在确定终端在移出第一SMF的服务区域之后,保留了多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接的分支,则可以通过第二SMF告知终端将未保留的会话连接的分支的业务迁移到保留的会话连接的分支,从而避免了业务的丢失,更进一步提高了用户体验。If the first SMF determines that the terminal retains the branch of the 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection after the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the second SMF may inform the terminal to transfer the service of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the terminal. Branch to the reserved session connection, thus avoiding service loss and further improving the user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,在所述第一SMF确定所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的Non-3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF向所述终端发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述Non-3GPP会话连接,和/或指示所述终端删除所述3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, it is determined at the first SMF that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and the single-access session connection is a Non-3GPP session in the multi-access session connection In the case of connection, the method further includes: the first SMF sends fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the Non - 3GPP session connection, and/or instructing the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection.

若第一SMF在确定终端在移出第一SMF的服务区域之后,保留了多接入会话连接的N3GPP会话连接的分支,则可以告知终端将未保留的会话连接的分支的业务迁移到保留的会话连接的分支,从而避免了业务的丢失,更进一步提高了用户体验。If the first SMF determines that after the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the branch of the N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection is reserved, the terminal may be instructed to migrate the services of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the reserved session. Connected branches, thus avoiding the loss of business and further improving the user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,在所述第一SMF确定所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的N3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF在确定所述终端再次移入所述第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,向所述终端发送第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端建立3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, it is determined at the first SMF that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection In this case, the method further includes: when the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, sending fifth indication information to the terminal, where the fifth indication information uses to instruct the terminal to establish a 3GPP session connection.

若第一SMF确定终端再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,则可以告知终端再次建立另一个分支3GPP会话连接,从而再次实现了终端通过MA PDU会话进行通信,提高了通信效率。If the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, the terminal can be informed to establish another branch 3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.

在一些可能的实现方式中,在所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF在确定所述终端再次移入所述第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,通过第二SMF向所述终端发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述终端建立Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the method It also includes: in the case that the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, sending sixth indication information to the terminal through the second SMF, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate The terminal establishes a Non-3GPP session connection.

若第一SMF确定终端再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,则可以通过第二SMF告知终端再次建立另一个分支N3GPP会话连接,从而再次实现了终端通过MA PDU会话进行通信,提高了通信效率。If the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, the second SMF can inform the terminal to establish another branch N3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF向所述终端发送所述第一指示信息。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the first SMF sends the first indication information to the terminal.

第一SMF向终端发送该第一指示信息可以是通过AMF的透传实现的。终端根据该第一指示信息,将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,有助于后续业务可以通过单接入会话连接进行通信,即避免了后续业务的中断,从而提高了用户体验。The sending of the first indication information by the first SMF to the terminal may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF. The terminal modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection according to the first indication information, which helps subsequent services to communicate through the single-access session connection, that is, avoids the interruption of subsequent services, thereby improving user experience .

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息指示所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域。In some possible implementations, the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF.

若AMF判断终端移出该第一SMF SA,则AMF向第一SMF发送第一消息。即AMF通过该第一消息指示该终端移出第一SMF SA的服务区域。也就是说,由AMF来检测终端的移动,并在检测出移出第一SMF SA告知第一SMF,第一SMF可以直接获知终端移出第一SMF SA。这样节省了第一SMF判断终端是否移出第一SMF SA的功耗开销。If the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the AMF sends the first message to the first SMF. That is, the AMF instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF SA through the first message. That is to say, the AMF detects the movement of the terminal, and informs the first SMF that the first SMF SA has been moved out, and the first SMF can directly learn that the terminal has moved out of the first SMF SA. This saves the power consumption overhead of the first SMF judging whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包括所述终端的位置信息,所述方法还包括:所述第一SMF根据所述终端的位置信息,确定所述终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域。In some possible implementations, the first message includes location information of the terminal, and the method further includes: determining, by the first SMF, that the terminal moves out of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal service area.

第一SMF可以根据终端的位置信息确定终端是否移动出该第一SMF的服务区域。例如,第一SMF可以根据该终端的位置信息确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域。或者第一SMF根据该终端的位置信息确定终端没有移出该第一SMF的服务区域。也就是说,由AMF发送终端的位置信息,由第一SMF根据该位置信息来判断终端是否移出第一SMF SA,这样节省了AMF判断终端是否移出第一SMF SA的功耗开销。The first SMF may determine whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. For example, the first SMF may determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. Or the first SMF determines that the terminal has not moved out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. That is, the AMF sends the location information of the terminal, and the first SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA according to the location information, which saves the power consumption overhead of the AMF to determine whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

第二方面,提供了一种管理会话连接的方法,该方法包括:AMF向SMF发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于确定终端移出所述SMF的服务区域;所述AMF接收来自所述SMF的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示单接入会话连接。In a second aspect, a method for managing a session connection is provided, the method comprising: an AMF sending a first message to an SMF, where the first message is used to determine that a terminal moves out of a service area of the SMF; the AMF receives a message from the SMF; The first indication information of the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection.

AMF向SMF发送的第一消息,使得SMF根据该第一消息确定终端是否移出该SMF的服务区域,并在确定终端移出该SMF的服务区域的情况下,将当前的多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接。之后,AMF接收来自SMF的第一指示信息。也就是说,SMF在确定终端移出SMF的服务区域无法执行多接入会话连接的情况下,将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,并告知AMF,有助于后续业务可以通过单接入会话连接进行通信,即避免了后续业务的中断,从而提高了用户体验。The first message sent by the AMF to the SMF, so that the SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF according to the first message, and when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, modifies the current multi-access session connection to Single access session connection. After that, the AMF receives the first indication information from the SMF. That is to say, when the SMF determines that the terminal cannot perform the multi-access session connection when it moves out of the service area of the SMF, it modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection and informs the AMF, which helps subsequent services to be connected through a single-access session. The access session is connected for communication, that is, the interruption of subsequent services is avoided, thereby improving the user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述AMF向所述SMF发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于确定所述终端移入所述SMF的服务区域;所述AMF接收来自所述SMF的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示多接入会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the AMF sends a second message to the SMF, where the second message is used to determine that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF; the AMF receives a message from the SMF. The second indication information of the SMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate a multi-access session connection.

AMF检测终端的位置,并向SMF发送第二消息。若SMF根据该第二消息确定终端在移出SMF的服务区域之后,再次移入该SMF的服务区域,则SMF将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接,并向AMF发送用于指示该多接入会话连接的第二指示信息。也就是说,本申请实施例中,SMF在确定终端再次移入SMF的服务区域的情况下,将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接,并告知AMF,有助于后续业务可以通过多接入会话连接进行通信,从而提高了通信效率,以及提高了用户体验。The AMF detects the location of the terminal and sends a second message to the SMF. If the SMF determines according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again after moving out of the service area of the SMF, the SMF modifies the single-access session connection to a multi-access session connection, and sends a message indicating the multi-access session connection to the AMF. The second indication information of the connection of the access session. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, when the SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again, the SMF modifies the single-access session connection to the multiple-access session connection, and informs the AMF, which helps subsequent services to be processed through multiple access sessions. The access session connection is used for communication, thereby improving communication efficiency and improving user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述AMF根据所述第二指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the AMF, according to the second indication information, modifies the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, so The association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection The association relationship between the identifier and the session identifier of the multi-access session connection.

这样AMF根据第二指示信息及时更新保存的关联关系,使得AMF保存的关联信息与该会话的特性一致。In this way, the AMF updates the saved association relationship in time according to the second indication information, so that the association information saved by the AMF is consistent with the characteristics of the session.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述AMF根据所述第一指示信息,将所述多接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述单接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入 会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: modifying, by the AMF, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection according to the first indication information, The association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection The association relationship between the identifier and the session identifier of the multi-access session connection.

这样AMF根据第一指示信息及时更新保存的关联关系,使得AMF保存的关联信息与该会话的特性一致。In this way, the AMF updates the saved association relationship in time according to the first indication information, so that the association information saved by the AMF is consistent with the characteristics of the session.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

多接入会话连接可以包括3GPP会话连接和N3GPP会话连接两个分支。单接入会话连接可以包括该多接入会话连接中的任意一个分支,即该单接入会话连接可以为3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接。这样提高了单接入会话连接的灵活性。The multi-access session connection may include two branches, 3GPP session connection and N3GPP session connection. The single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection may be a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection. This increases the flexibility of single-access session connections.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息指示所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域。In some possible implementations, the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF.

若AMF判断终端移出该SMF SA,则AMF向SMF发送第一消息。即AMF通过该第一消息指示该终端移出SMF SA的服务区域。也就是说,由AMF来检测终端的移动,并在检测出移出SMF SA告知SMF,SMF可以直接获知终端移出SMF SA。这样节省了SMF判断终端是否移出SMF SA的功耗开销。If the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA, the AMF sends the first message to the SMF. That is, the AMF instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF SA through the first message. That is to say, the AMF detects the movement of the terminal, and informs the SMF when the SMF SA is detected, and the SMF can directly learn that the terminal has moved out of the SMF SA. This saves the power consumption overhead of SMF judging whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包括所述终端的位置信息,所述终端的位置信息用于确定所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域。In some possible implementations, the first message includes location information of the terminal, where the location information of the terminal is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF.

AMF发送终端的位置信息,由SMF根据该位置信息来判断终端是否移出SMF SA,这样节省了AMF判断终端是否移出SMF SA的功耗开销。The AMF sends the location information of the terminal, and the SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA according to the location information, which saves the power consumption overhead of the AMF to determine whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

第三方面,提供了一种管理会话连接的方法,该方法包括:终端接收来自SMF的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示单接入会话连接;所述终端根据所述第一指示信息,将多接入会话连接修改为所述单接入会话连接。In a third aspect, a method for managing session connections is provided, the method comprising: a terminal receiving first indication information from an SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection; An indication message, modifying the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection.

终端接收第一指示信息,并根据该第一指示信息将多接入会话连接修改为所述单接入会话连接。也就是说,终端在移出SMF的服务区域的情况下,无法执行多接入会话连接的情况下,将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,有助于后续业务可以通过单接入会话连接进行通信,即避免了后续业务的中断,从而提高了用户体验。The terminal receives the first indication information, and modifies the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection according to the first indication information. That is to say, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF and cannot perform the multi-access session connection, the multi-access session connection is modified to a single-access session connection, which helps subsequent services to be connected through a single-access session. Session connection is used for communication, that is, interruption of subsequent services is avoided, thereby improving user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

多接入会话连接可以包括3GPP会话连接和N3GPP会话连接两个分支。单接入会话连接可以包括该多接入会话连接中的任意一个分支,即该单接入会话连接可以为3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接。这样提高了单接入会话连接的灵活性。The multi-access session connection may include two branches, 3GPP session connection and N3GPP session connection. The single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection may be a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection. This increases the flexibility of single-access session connections.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:终端接收来自所述SMF的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述多接入会话连接;所述终端根据所述第二指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接修改为所述多接入会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the terminal receives second indication information from the SMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection; The second indication information is to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection.

终端将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接,有助于后续业务可以通过多接入会话连接进行通信,从而提高了通信效率,以及提高了用户体验。The terminal modifies the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection, which helps subsequent services to communicate through the multi-access session connection, thereby improving communication efficiency and improving user experience.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端接收来自所述SMF的第三指示信息;所述终端根据所述第三指示信息,将所述Non-3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述3GPP会话连接;和/或所述终端根据所述第三指示信息,删除所述Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the terminal receiving third indication information from the SMF; the terminal connecting the Non-3GPP session to a corresponding service according to the third indication information migrating to the 3GPP session connection; and/or the terminal deletes the Non-3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.

若SMF在确定终端在移出SMF的服务区域之后,保留了多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接的分支,则可以告知终端将未保留的会话连接的分支的业务迁移到保留的会话连接的分支,从而避免了业务的丢失,更进一步提高了用户体验。If the SMF determines that after the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, the branch of the 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection is reserved, the terminal can be instructed to migrate the services of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the branch of the reserved session connection, Thus, the loss of services is avoided, and the user experience is further improved.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端接收来自所述SMF的第四指示信息;所述终端根据所述第四指示信息,将所述终端将所述3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述N3GPP会话连接;和/或所述终端根据所述第四指示信息,删除所述3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, fourth indication information from the SMF; and, according to the fourth indication information, corresponding the terminal to the 3GPP session connection. and/or the terminal deletes the 3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.

若SMF在确定终端在移出SMF的服务区域之后,保留了多接入会话连接的N3GPP会话连接的分支,则可以告知终端将未保留的会话连接的分支的业务迁移到保留的会话连接的分支,从而避免了业务的丢失,更进一步提高了用户体验。If the SMF determines that the terminal retains the branch of the N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection after the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, it can inform the terminal to migrate the services of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the branch of the reserved session connection, Thus, the loss of services is avoided, and the user experience is further improved.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端接收第五指示信息;所述终端根据所述第五指示信息,建立所述3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the terminal receives fifth indication information; and the terminal establishes the 3GPP session connection according to the fifth indication information.

若SMF确定终端再次移入该SMF的服务区域,则可以告知终端再次建立另一个分支3GPP会话连接,从而再次实现了终端通过MA PDU会话进行通信,提高了通信效率。If the SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again, it can inform the terminal to establish another branch 3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal can communicate through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端根据所述第五指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: modifying, by the terminal, the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection according to the fifth indication information, The association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection The association relationship between the identifier and the session identifier of the multi-access session connection.

这样终端根据第五指示信息及时更新保存的关联关系,使得终端保存的关联信息与该会话的特性一致。In this way, the terminal updates the saved association relationship in time according to the fifth indication information, so that the association information saved by the terminal is consistent with the characteristics of the session.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端接收第六指示信息;所述终端根据所述第六指示信息,建立所述Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the terminal receiving sixth indication information; and the terminal establishing the Non-3GPP session connection according to the sixth indication information.

若SMF确定终端再次移入该SMF的服务区域,则可以告知终端再次建立另一个分支N3GPP会话连接,从而再次实现了终端通过MA PDU会话进行通信,提高了通信效率。If the SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF again, it can inform the terminal to establish another branch N3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal can communicate through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端根据所述第六指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the terminal, according to the sixth indication information, modifies, by the terminal, the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, where The association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection The association relationship between the identifier and the session identifier of the multi-access session connection.

这样终端根据第六指示信息及时更新保存的关联关系,使得终端保存的关联信息与该会话的特性一致。In this way, the terminal updates the saved association relationship in time according to the sixth indication information, so that the association information saved by the terminal is consistent with the characteristics of the session.

第四方面,提供了一种建立多接入会话连接的方法,该方法包括:AMF在终端移出第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,为所述终端选择第二SMF;所述AMF向所述第一SMF发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述第一SMF通过第三SMF(例如,连接第一SMF的I-SMF,该I-SMF的服务区域包括终端当前的位置)向所述终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端通过所述第二SMF建立多接入会话连接(第二SMF的服务区域也包括终端当前的位置也就是说,终端可以直接通过第二SMF获得服务)。In a fourth aspect, a method for establishing a multi-access session connection is provided, the method comprising: when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the AMF selects a second SMF for the terminal; the AMF sends the terminal to the The first SMF sends a first message, where the first message is used to trigger the first SMF to pass through a third SMF (for example, an I-SMF connected to the first SMF, the service area of the I-SMF includes the current location of the terminal) Send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a multi-access session connection through the second SMF (the service area of the second SMF also includes the current location of the terminal. That is, the terminal can directly service through the second SMF).

AMF在确定终端移出第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,可以在新区域为该终端选择第 二SMF。AMF在找到第二SMF之后,可以向第一SMF发送第一消息。第一SMF在接收到该第一消息时,通过该第三SMF向终端发送指示该终端通过该第二SMF进行建立多接入会话连接的指示信息。终端通过该指示信息重新建立一个多接入会话连接,从而提高了通信效率。When the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the AMF may select a second SMF for the terminal in the new area. After finding the second SMF, the AMF may send the first message to the first SMF. When receiving the first message, the first SMF sends, to the terminal through the third SMF, instruction information indicating that the terminal establishes a multi-access session connection through the second SMF. The terminal re-establishes a multi-access session connection through the indication information, thereby improving communication efficiency.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述AMF在终端移出第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,为所述终端选择第二SMF包括:所述AMF在终端移出第一SMF的服务区域,且在接入网AN释放流程中,为所述终端选择第二SMF。In some possible implementations, the selecting, by the AMF, the second SMF for the terminal when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF includes: the AMF moves out of the service area of the first SMF when the terminal In the network access AN release process, the second SMF is selected for the terminal.

AMF可以在终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域,且在AN释放流程中,为所述终端选择第二SMF。即本申请提供了另一种选择第二SMF的触发条件。The AMF may move the terminal out of the service area of the first SMF, and in the AN release procedure, select the second SMF for the terminal. That is, the present application provides another trigger condition for selecting the second SMF.

第五方面,提供了一种建立多接入会话连接的方法,该方法包括:终端接收来自第一SMF的指示消息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端直接通过第二SMF建多接入会话连接,所述终端当前通过单接入会话连接进行业务传输,其中,所述单接入会话连接为通过第三SMF和所述第一SMF建立的会话连接;所述终端根据所述指示信息,建立所述多接入会话连接。A fifth aspect provides a method for establishing a multi-access session connection, the method comprising: a terminal receiving an indication message from a first SMF, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a multi-access session directly through the second SMF session connection, the terminal currently performs service transmission through a single-access session connection, where the single-access session connection is a session connection established through the third SMF and the first SMF; the terminal according to the indication information , establishing the multi-access session connection.

AMF在确定终端移出第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,可以在新区域为该终端选择第二SMF。AMF在找到第二SMF之后,可以向第一SMF发送第一消息。第一SMF在接收到该第一消息时,通过第三SMF向终端发送指示信息。终端根据该指示信息通过该第二SMF进行建立多接入会话连接。也就是说,终端通过该指示信息重新建立一个多接入会话连接,从而提高了通信效率。In the case that the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the AMF may select a second SMF for the terminal in the new area. After finding the second SMF, the AMF may send the first message to the first SMF. When receiving the first message, the first SMF sends indication information to the terminal through the third SMF. The terminal establishes a multi-access session connection through the second SMF according to the indication information. That is, the terminal re-establishes a multi-access session connection through the indication information, thereby improving communication efficiency.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端在完成所述多接入会话连接之后,将所述单接入会话连接的业务迁移到所述多接入会话连接进行业务传输。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: after the terminal completes the multi-access session connection, migrating the service of the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection for service transmission .

终端在接收到指示信息之前可以通过单接入会话连接进行业务传输。其中,该单接入会话连接即为通过第三SMF和所述第一SMF建立的会话连接。终端在完成所述多接入会话连接之后,可以将所述单接入会话连接的业务迁移到所述多接入会话连接进行业务传输,从而提高了通信效率。Before receiving the indication information, the terminal can perform service transmission through the single-access session connection. The single-access session connection is a session connection established through the third SMF and the first SMF. After completing the multi-access session connection, the terminal can migrate the service of the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection for service transmission, thereby improving communication efficiency.

在一些可能的实现方式中,在所述终端将所述单接入会话连接的业务迁移到所述多接入会话连接的会话进行业务传输之后,所述方法还包括:所述终端释放所述单接入会话连接。In some possible implementations, after the terminal migrates the service of the single-access session connection to the session of the multi-access session connection for service transmission, the method further includes: the terminal releases the service Single access session connection.

该终端在所述终端将所述单接入会话连接的业务迁移到所述多接入会话连接的会话进行业务传输之后,还可以释放该单接入会话连接,避免了单接入会话连接的资源浪费。After the terminal migrates the service of the single-access session connection to the session of the multi-access session connection for service transmission, the terminal may also release the single-access session connection, thereby avoiding the single-access session connection. Waste of resources.

在一些可能的实现方式中,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。In some possible implementations, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

第六方面,提供了一种装置,该装置可以是SMF,也可以是SMF内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第一方面,及各种可能的实现方式的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a sixth aspect, an apparatus is provided, and the apparatus may be an SMF or a chip in the SMF. The device has the function of implementing the above-mentioned first aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.

在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:收发模块和处理模块。该收发模块包括接收模块和发送模块,所述收发模块例如可以是收发器、接收器、发射器中的至少一种,该接收模块和发送模块可以包括射频电路或天线。该处理模块可以是处理器。可选地,所述装置还 包括存储模块,该存储模块例如可以是存储器。当包括存储模块时,该存储模块用于存储指令。该处理模块与该存储模块连接,该处理模块可以执行该存储模块存储的指令或源自其他的指令,以使该装置执行上述第一方面,及各种可能的实现方式的通信方法。在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为芯片时,该芯片包括:收发模块和处理模块。该收发模块包括接收模块和发送模块。接收模块和发送模块例如可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理模块例如可以是处理器。该处理模块可执行指令,以使该SMF内的芯片执行上述第一方面,以及任意可能的实现的通信方法。可选地,该处理模块可以执行存储模块中的指令,该存储模块可以为芯片内的存储模块,如寄存器、缓存等。该存储模块还可以是位于通信设备内,但位于芯片外部,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。In a possible design, the device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module, the transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter, and the receiving module and the sending module may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna. The processing module may be a processor. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a storage module, which can be, for example, a memory. When included, the memory module is used to store the instructions. The processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute the instructions stored in the storage module or other instructions, so that the apparatus executes the above-mentioned first aspect and the communication method of various possible implementations. In another possible design, when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module. The receiving module and the sending module can be, for example, input/output interfaces, pins or circuits on the chip. The processing module may be, for example, a processor. The processing module can execute instructions to cause the chip in the SMF to perform the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible communication method of implementation. Optionally, the processing module may execute instructions in a storage module, and the storage module may be an in-chip storage module, such as a register, a cache, and the like. The memory module can also be located in the communication device, but located outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM), etc.

其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述第一方面所述的方法的程序执行的集成电路。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above An integrated circuit for executing the program of the method described in the first aspect.

第七方面,提供了一种装置,该装置可以是AMF,也可以是AMF内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第二方面或第四方面,及各种可能的实现方式的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a seventh aspect, an apparatus is provided, and the apparatus may be an AMF or a chip in the AMF. The device has the function of implementing the above-mentioned second aspect or the fourth aspect, and various possible implementation manners. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.

在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:收发模块。该收发模块包括接收模块和发送模块。可选地,该装置还包括处理模块。所述接收模块和发送模块例如可以是收发器、接收器、发射器中的至少一种,该收发模块可以包括射频电路或天线。该处理模块可以是处理器。In a possible design, the device includes: a transceiver module. The transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a processing module. The receiving module and the sending module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter, and the transceiver module may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna. The processing module may be a processor.

可选地,所述装置还包括存储模块,该存储模块例如可以是存储器。当包括存储模块时,该存储模块用于存储指令。该处理模块与该存储模块连接,该处理模块可以执行该存储模块存储的指令或源自其他的指令,以使该装置执行上述第二方面,或其任意一项的方法。Optionally, the apparatus further includes a storage module, which may be, for example, a memory. When included, the memory module is used to store the instructions. The processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute instructions stored in the storage module or instructions derived from other instructions, so that the apparatus executes the method of the second aspect or any one thereof.

在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为芯片时,该芯片包括:收发模块。该收发模块包括接收模块和发送模块,可选地,该芯片还包括处理模块。接收模块和发送模块例如可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理模块例如可以是处理器。该处理模块可执行指令,以使该AMF内的芯片执行上述第二方面或第四方面,以及任意可能的实现的通信方法。In another possible design, when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a transceiver module. The transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module, and optionally, the chip further includes a processing module. The receiving module and the sending module can be, for example, input/output interfaces, pins or circuits on the chip. The processing module may be, for example, a processor. The processing module can execute instructions to cause the chip in the AMF to execute the second aspect or the fourth aspect and any possible communication method.

可选地,该处理模块可以执行存储模块中的指令,该存储模块可以为芯片内的存储模块,如寄存器、缓存等。该存储模块还可以是位于通信设备内,但位于芯片外部,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。Optionally, the processing module may execute instructions in a storage module, and the storage module may be an in-chip storage module, such as a register, a cache, and the like. The memory module can also be located in the communication device, but located outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM), etc.

其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述各方面通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above An integrated circuit for program execution of various aspects of the communication method.

第八方面,提供了一种装置,该装置可以是终端,也可以是终端内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第三方面或第五方面,及各种可能的实现方式的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实 现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In an eighth aspect, an apparatus is provided, and the apparatus may be a terminal or a chip in the terminal. The device has the function of implementing the third aspect or the fifth aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.

在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:收发模块和处理模块。该收发模块包括接收模块和发送模块,所述收发模块例如可以是收发器、接收器、发射器中的至少一种,该接收模块和发送模块可以包括射频电路或天线。该处理模块可以是处理器。可选地,所述装置还包括存储模块,该存储模块例如可以是存储器。当包括存储模块时,该存储模块用于存储指令。该处理模块与该存储模块连接,该处理模块可以执行该存储模块存储的指令或源自其他的指令,以使该装置执行上述第三方面或第五方面,或各种可能的实现方式的方法。In a possible design, the device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module, the transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter, and the receiving module and the sending module may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna. The processing module may be a processor. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a storage module, which may be, for example, a memory. When included, the memory module is used to store the instructions. The processing module is connected with the storage module, and the processing module can execute the instructions stored in the storage module or other instructions, so that the apparatus executes the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or the methods of various possible implementations .

在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为芯片时,该芯片包括:收发模块和处理模块。该收发模块包括接收模块和发送模块。接收模块和发送模块例如可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理模块例如可以是处理器。该处理模块可执行指令,以使该终端内的芯片执行上述第三方面或第五方面,或任意可能的实现的通信方法。可选地,该处理模块可以执行存储模块中的指令,该存储模块可以为芯片内的存储模块,如寄存器、缓存等。该存储模块还可以是位于通信设备内,但位于芯片外部,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。In another possible design, when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module includes a receiving module and a sending module. The receiving module and the sending module can be, for example, input/output interfaces, pins or circuits on the chip. The processing module may be, for example, a processor. The processing module can execute the instructions, so that the chip in the terminal executes the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any possible communication method implemented. Optionally, the processing module may execute instructions in a storage module, and the storage module may be an in-chip storage module, such as a register, a cache, and the like. The memory module can also be located in the communication device, but located outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM), etc.

其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述第三方面或第五方面,或各种可能的实现方式的方法的程序执行的集成电路。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above The third aspect or the fifth aspect, or an integrated circuit for program execution of the method of various possible implementation manners.

第九方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有程序代码,该程序代码用于指示执行上述第一方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a ninth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, where program codes are stored in the computer storage medium, and the program codes are used to instruct instructions for executing the methods in the first aspect and any possible implementations thereof.

第十方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有程序代码,该程序代码用于指示执行上述第二方面或第四方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。A tenth aspect provides a computer storage medium, where program codes are stored in the computer storage medium, and the program codes are used to instruct instructions for executing the methods in the second aspect or the fourth aspect and any possible implementations thereof. .

第十一方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有程序代码,该程序代码用于指示执行上述第三方面或第五方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In an eleventh aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, and program codes are stored in the computer storage medium, and the program codes are used to instruct the execution of the third aspect or the fifth aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner thereof. instruction.

第十二方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A twelfth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the above-mentioned first aspect, or any possible implementations thereof.

第十三方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第四方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the second aspect or the fourth aspect, or any possible implementations thereof.

第十四方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第五方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any possible implementation thereof.

第十五方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第一方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置、上述具有实现上述第二方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置或上述第三方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。A fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, the communication system comprising a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs for implementing the above-mentioned second aspect The functional device of the above-mentioned third aspect and the functional device of various possible designs.

第十六方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第四方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置和上述具有实现上述第五方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。A sixteenth aspect provides a communication system, which includes a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the fourth aspect, and the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs for implementing the fifth aspect. functional device.

第十七方面,提供了一种芯片,芯片包括处理器和通信接口,该通信接口用于与外部器件或内部器件进行通信,该处理器用于实现上述第一方面中任一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A seventeenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for communicating with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement any aspect or any possibility of the above-mentioned first aspect method in the implementation.

可选地,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时,处理器用于实现上述第一方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。Optionally, the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions. When the instructions are executed, the processor is configured to implement the method of the first aspect above, or any possible implementation thereof.

可选地,该芯片可以集成在SMF上。Alternatively, the chip can be integrated on the SMF.

第十八方面,提供了一种芯片,芯片包括处理器和通信接口,该通信接口用于与外部器件或内部器件进行通信,该处理器用于实现上述第二方面或第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。An eighteenth aspect provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement the second aspect or the fourth aspect or any possibility thereof method in the implementation.

可选地,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时,处理器用于实现上述第二方面或第四方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。Optionally, the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions. When the instructions are executed, the processor is configured to implement the method of the second aspect or the fourth aspect, or any possible implementation thereof.

可选地,该芯片可以集成在AMF上。Optionally, the chip can be integrated on the AMF.

第十九方面,提供了一种芯片,芯片包括处理器和通信接口,该通信接口用于与外部器件或内部器件进行通信,该处理器用于实现上述第三方面或第五方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A nineteenth aspect provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with an external device or an internal device, and the processor is used to implement the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any of the above methods in possible implementations.

可选地,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时,处理器用于实现上述第三方面或第五方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。Optionally, the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or derived from other instructions. When the instructions are executed, the processor is configured to implement the method of the third aspect or the fifth aspect, or any possible implementation thereof.

可选地,该芯片可以集成在终端上。Optionally, the chip can be integrated on the terminal.

基于上述技术方案,SMF接收来自AMF发送的第一消息,并根据该第一消息确定终端是否移出该SMF的服务区域。SMF在确定终端移出该SMF的服务区域的情况下,将当前的多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,并向该AMF发送用于指示该单接入会话连接的第一指示信息。也就是说,本申请实施例中,SMF在确定终端移出SMF的服务区域无法执行多接入会话连接的情况下,将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,并告知AMF,有助于后续业务可以通过单接入会话连接进行通信,即避免了后续业务的中断,从而提高了用户体验。Based on the above technical solution, the SMF receives the first message sent from the AMF, and determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF according to the first message. When determining that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, the SMF modifies the current multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, and sends first indication information for indicating the single-access session connection to the AMF. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, when the SMF determines that the terminal cannot perform the multi-access session connection after moving out of the service area of the SMF, it modifies the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection, and informs the AMF, which helps Subsequent services can be communicated through a single access session connection, that is, interruption of subsequent services is avoided, thereby improving user experience.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是本申请的一个支持ATSSS的5G架构的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G architecture supporting ATSSS of the present application;

图2是本申请实施例的一个场景的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of an embodiment of the present application;

图3是本申请实施例的另一个场景的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of an embodiment of the present application;

图4是本申请一个实施例的管理会话连接的方法的示意性流程图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application;

图5是本申请实施例的建立多接入会话连接的方法的示意性流程图;5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a multi-access session connection according to an embodiment of the present application;

图6是本申请另一个实施例的管理会话连接的方法的示意性流程图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for managing a session connection according to another embodiment of the present application;

图7是本申请又一个实施例的管理会话连接的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to still another embodiment of the present application;

图8是本申请一个实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意性框图;FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application;

图9是本申请一个实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意性结构图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application;

图10是本申请另一个实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意性框图;FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for managing session connection according to another embodiment of the present application;

图11是本申请另一个实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意性结构图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to another embodiment of the present application;

图12是本申请又一个实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意性框图;FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for managing session connection according to still another embodiment of the present application;

图13是本申请又一个实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意性结构图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to still another embodiment of the present application;

图14是本申请另一个具体实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意图;14 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to another specific embodiment of the present application;

图15是本申请另一个具体实施例的管理会话连接的装置的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for managing session connections according to another specific embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式detailed description

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)以及未来的移动通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR) and future mobile communication systems, etc.

本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以称为终端设备(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端设备(mobile terminal,MT)、车载终端设备、远方站、远程终端设备等。终端设备具体的形态可以是手机(mobile phone)、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、可穿戴设备平板电脑(pad)、台式机、笔记本电脑、一体机、车载终端设备、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等。终端设备可以应用于如下场景:虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程手术(remote medical surgery)、智能电网(smart grid)、运输安全(transportation safety)、智慧城市(smart city)、智慧家庭(smart home)等。终端设备可以是固定的或者移动的。需要说明的是,终端设备可以支持至少一种无线通信技术,例如LTE、NR、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)等。The terminal device in the embodiments of this application may refer to a device with a wireless transceiver function, which may be referred to as a terminal device (terminal), a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal device ( mobile terminal, MT), vehicle terminal equipment, remote station, remote terminal equipment, etc. The specific form of the terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wearable device tablet computer (pad), a desktop computer, a notebook computer, an all-in-one computer, a car Terminal equipment, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), etc. Terminal equipment can be applied to the following scenarios: virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), remote medical surgery (remote medical surgery), intelligent Power grid (smart grid), transportation safety (transportation safety), smart city (smart city), smart home (smart home), etc. Terminal devices can be stationary or mobile. It should be noted that the terminal device may support at least one wireless communication technology, such as LTE, NR, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), and the like.

本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是一种为终端设备提供无线通信功能的设备,也可称之为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备等。网络设备包括但不限于:5G中的下一代基站(next generation nodeB,gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、收发点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、中继站、接入点等。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU)、分布单元(distributed unit,DU)等。其中,网络设备可以支持至少一种无线通信技术,例如LTE、NR、WCDMA等。The network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides a wireless communication function for a terminal device, and may also be referred to as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device or the like. Network equipment includes but is not limited to: next generation node B (gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), baseband unit (BBU), transmitting and receiving point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (TP), relay station, access point, etc. The network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc. in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. The network device may support at least one wireless communication technology, such as LTE, NR, WCDMA, and the like.

在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元CU和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物 理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include centralized units CU and DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU and AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application can be executed to provide the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute a program.

另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. For example, computer readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drives, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.

可以理解的是,网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。It can be understood that network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water; and can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the wireless access network device and the terminal device.

图1是本申请的一个支持ATSSS的5G架构的示意图。该5G架构中包括终端、第三代伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)接入网网络、非3GPP(N3GPP)接入网网络、移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、SMF网元、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元和DN。下述将SMF网元、UPF网元简称为SMF、UPF。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G architecture supporting ATSSS according to the present application. The 5G architecture includes terminals, 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) access network networks, non-3GPP (N3GPP) access network networks, access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements, SMF network element, user plane function (UPF) network element and DN. Hereinafter, the SMF network element and the UPF network element are abbreviated as SMF and UPF.

其中,终端主要通过无线空口接入5G网络并获得服务,终端通过空口和3GPP(和/或N3GPP)进行交互,通过非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)信令和核心网的AMF进行交互。Among them, the terminal mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services. The terminal interacts with 3GPP (and/or N3GPP) through the air interface, and communicates with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum (NAS) signaling. interact.

AMF属于核心网网元,主要负责信令处理部分,例如:接入控制、移动性管理、注册与去注册以及网关选择等功能,且AMF还可以在为终端中的会话提供服务的情况下,会为该会话提供控制面的存储资源,以存储会话标识、与会话标识关联的SMF网元标识等。其中,移动性管理可以是用户位置更新、用户注册网络或用户切换等。AMF is a core network element and is mainly responsible for signaling processing, such as access control, mobility management, registration and de-registration, and gateway selection. AMF can also provide services for sessions in terminals. A storage resource of the control plane is provided for the session to store the session ID, the SMF network element ID associated with the session ID, and the like. The mobility management may be user location update, user registration network, or user switching.

SMF主要负责移动网络中的会话管理,如会话建立、修改、释放。具体功能如为用 户分配因特网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址、选择提供报文转发功能的UPF,承载的建立、修改和释放以及服务质量(quality of service,QoS)控制。SMF is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification and release. Specific functions include allocating Internet Protocol (IP) addresses to users, selecting UPFs that provide message forwarding functions, establishing, modifying and releasing bearers, and quality of service (QoS) control.

需要说明的是,在R16阶段,SMF具有一定的覆盖范围,称为SMF SA。SMF SA可以理解为其管理的所有UPF的服务范围之和。假设终端建立了一个会话,该会话控制面由SMF提供会话管理服务,用户面由UPF提供转发服务。当UE移出SMF SA时,需要在控制面插入中间SMF(intermediate SMF,I-SMF)以连接到SMF,用户面需要插入中间UPF(intermediate UPF,I-UPF)以连接到UPF,从而保证业务连续性。It should be noted that in the R16 stage, SMF has a certain coverage, which is called SMF SA. SMF SA can be understood as the sum of the service scope of all UPFs it manages. Assuming that the terminal establishes a session, the session control plane is provided with the session management service by the SMF, and the user plane is provided with the forwarding service by the UPF. When the UE moves out of the SMF SA, an intermediate SMF (I-SMF) needs to be inserted into the control plane to connect to the SMF, and an intermediate UPF (I-UPF) needs to be inserted into the user plane to connect to the UPF to ensure service continuity sex.

UPF主要负责对用户报文进行处理,如转发、计费统计等。会话中通过N6与DN直接相连的UPF可以称为PDU会话锚点(PDU session anchor,PSA)网元。UPF is mainly responsible for processing user packets, such as forwarding and accounting statistics. The UPF directly connected to the DN through the N6 in the session may be called a PDU session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA) network element.

DN为用户提供数据服务的网络,如IP多媒体业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)、因特网(internet)等。DN is a network that provides data services for users, such as IP multimedia services (IP multi-media service, IMS), the Internet (internet), and so on.

下面对本申请涉及到的术语进行介绍:The terms involved in this application are introduced below:

1、ATSSS:1. ATSSS:

access traffic steering:为业务流选择一个接入网络(3GPP接入网络或N3GPP接入网络)来传输该数据流的业务。access traffic steering: Select an access network (3GPP access network or N3GPP access network) for the service flow to transmit the service of the data flow.

access traffic switching:将业务流从一个接入网络切换到另一个接入网络并且保证业务流的连续性。access traffic switching: Switch the service flow from one access network to another access network and ensure the continuity of the service flow.

access traffic splitting:将一个业务流的业务报文分发到不同的接入网络中,其中一部分业务报文通过一种接入技术传输,一部分业务报文通过另一种接入技术传输。access traffic splitting: Distribute the service packets of a service flow to different access networks. Some of the service packets are transmitted through one access technology, and some service packets are transmitted through another access technology.

2、3GPP接入技术:2. 3GPP access technology:

由3GPP组织所提出的接入网技术,比如时分同步码分多址(time division synchronous code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)等。The access network technologies proposed by 3GPP, such as time division synchronous code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), etc.

3、N3GPP接入技术:3. N3GPP access technology:

由其他组织所做的接入技术,比如码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)技术等,对应的接入设备包括但不限于无线网络接入点(wiFi access point,WiFi AP)、全球微波接入互操作性(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)BS等。Access technologies made by other organizations, such as code division multiple access (CDMA) technology, etc. The corresponding access devices include but are not limited to wireless network access points (WiFi access points, WiFi AP), global Microwave access interoperability (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) BS, etc.

4、MA PDU会话:4. MA PDU session:

在ATSSS特性下,终端通过建立MA PDU会话,可以完成终端与DN之间的数据传输。例如,终端可以分别通过3GPP接入技术和N3GPP接入技术接入DN。换句话说,终端可以在3GPP接入网和非3GPP接入网建立一种名为“MA PDU会话”的PDU会话。MA PDU会话能够同时利用两个接入网进行数据传输,并且在UPF进行数据的汇聚。其中,每种接入技术侧的连接称为MA PDU会话的一个分支(one leg)。Under the ATSSS feature, the terminal can complete the data transmission between the terminal and the DN by establishing a MA PDU session. For example, the terminal may access the DN through the 3GPP access technology and the N3GPP access technology, respectively. In other words, the terminal can establish a PDU session called "MA PDU session" between the 3GPP access network and the non-3GPP access network. The MA PDU session can use two access networks for data transmission at the same time, and data aggregation is performed in the UPF. Among them, the connection on each access technology side is called one leg of the MA PDU session.

可以理解的是,在终端同时在3GPP或N3GPP注册时,终端可以请求建立MA PDU会话。在终端仅在其中一个接入技术(例如,3GPP或N3GPP)注册时,终端也可以请求建立MA PDU会话。It can be understood that, when the terminal registers with 3GPP or N3GPP at the same time, the terminal can request to establish a MA PDU session. The terminal may also request the establishment of a MA PDU session when the terminal is registered with only one of the access technologies (eg, 3GPP or N3GPP).

还可以理解的是,在MA PDU会话建立过程中,终端可以获得网络侧提供的ATSSS规则(rules),且UPF也可以获取网络侧提供的N4rules。这样终端可以根据该ATSSS rules以及本地条件(例如,信号损失情况或用户喜好等)决定如何在两个接入技术之间分发上 行业务流。相应地,UPF也可以根据该N4rules和终端的反馈信息(例如,接入网络是否可用),确定如何在两个接入技术之间分发下行业务流。It can also be understood that, in the process of establishing the MA PDU session, the terminal can obtain the ATSSS rules (rules) provided by the network side, and the UPF can also obtain the N4 rules provided by the network side. In this way, the terminal can decide how to distribute the upstream traffic flow between the two access technologies according to the ATSSS rules and local conditions (for example, signal loss situation or user preference, etc.). Correspondingly, the UPF can also determine how to distribute the downlink service flow between the two access technologies according to the N4 rules and the feedback information of the terminal (for example, whether the access network is available).

传统方案中,对于一个MA PDU会话,在终端移出该MA PDU会话对应的SMF SA时,该MA PDU会话被释放。该MA PDU会话被释放后,终端可能会重新发起MA PDU会话建立流程。由于终端不在该MA PDU会话对应的SMF SA内,因此,用于请求该MA PDU的会话建立请求会被拒绝,从而导致业务中断,用户体验较差。In the traditional solution, for an MA PDU session, when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the MA PDU session is released. After the MA PDU session is released, the terminal may re-initiate the MA PDU session establishment process. Since the terminal is not in the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the session establishment request for requesting the MA PDU will be rejected, resulting in service interruption and poor user experience.

相比较之下,PDU会话指的是终端只通过3GPP建立的会话进行通信,或者终端只通过N3GPP建立的会话进行通信。本发明简称为会话或普通会话或单接入会话,普通会话或单接入会话对应的连接简称为单接入会话连接。In contrast, the PDU session means that the terminal communicates only through the session established by 3GPP, or the terminal communicates only through the session established by N3GPP. The present invention is abbreviated as a session or a common session or a single-access session, and a connection corresponding to a common session or a single-access session is abbreviated as a single-access session connection.

图2示出了本申请实施例的一个场景的示意图。如图2所示,终端在移出MA PDU会话对应的SMF SA之后,系统保留该MA PDU会话的通过3GPP建立的会话分支(one leg)。FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a scenario of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, after the terminal moves out of the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the system retains the session branch (one leg) established by 3GPP of the MA PDU session.

图3示出了本申请实施例的另一个场景的示意图。如图3所示,终端在移出MA PDU会话对应的SMF SA之后,系统保留该MA PDU会话的通过N3GPP建立的会话分支。FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of another scenario of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, after the terminal moves out of the SMF SA corresponding to the MA PDU session, the system retains the session branch of the MA PDU session established through N3GPP.

图4示出了本申请一个实施例的管理会话连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.

401,AMF向第一SMF发送该第一消息。相应地,第一SMF接收来自AMF的第一消息。401. The AMF sends the first message to the first SMF. Accordingly, the first SMF receives the first message from the AMF.

402,该第一SMF根据该第一消息,确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域。402. The first SMF determines, according to the first message, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF.

在一个实施例中,该第一消息指示终端移出第一SMF的服务区域。In one embodiment, the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF.

例如,AMF可以根据终端的移动,基于从网络存储功能(network repository function,NRF)网元获取的第一SMF SA,确定终端是否移出第一SMF SA。若AMF判断终端移出该第一SMF SA,则AMF向第一SMF发送第一消息。即AMF通过该第一消息指示该终端移出第一SMF SA的服务区域。也就是说,由AMF来检测终端的移动,并在检测出移出第一SMF SA告知第一SMF,第一SMF可以直接获知终端移出第一SMF SA。这样节省了第一SMF判断终端是否移出第一SMF SA的功耗开销。For example, the AMF may determine whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA based on the first SMF SA obtained from a network repository function (NRF) network element according to the movement of the terminal. If the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the AMF sends the first message to the first SMF. That is, the AMF instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first SMF SA through the first message. That is to say, the AMF detects the movement of the terminal, and informs the first SMF that the first SMF SA has been moved out, and the first SMF can directly learn that the terminal has moved out of the first SMF SA. This saves the power consumption overhead of the first SMF judging whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

在另一个实施例中,该第一消息包括终端的位置信息,这样第一SMF可以根据终端的位置信息确定终端是否移动出该第一SMF的服务区域。In another embodiment, the first message includes location information of the terminal, so that the first SMF can determine whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal.

例如,AMF可以实时的检测终端的位置,并发送位置信息给第一SMF。第一SMF可以根据终端的位置信息确定终端是否移动出该第一SMF的服务区域。例如,第一SMF可以根据该终端的位置信息确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域。或者第一SMF根据该终端的位置信息确定终端没有移出该第一SMF的服务区域。也就是说,由AMF发送终端的位置信息,由第一SMF根据该位置信息来判断终端是否移出第一SMF SA,这样节省了AMF判断终端是否移出第一SMF SA的功耗开销。For example, the AMF can detect the location of the terminal in real time, and send the location information to the first SMF. The first SMF may determine whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. For example, the first SMF may determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. Or the first SMF determines that the terminal has not moved out of the service area of the first SMF according to the location information of the terminal. That is, the AMF sends the location information of the terminal, and the first SMF determines whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA according to the location information, which saves the power consumption overhead of the AMF to determine whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

可以理解的是,AMF在向第一SMF发送该第一消息之前,由于终端的移动,终端可以执行移动性管理(mobility management,MM)流程(例如,切换(handover,HO)流程,移动性注册更新或服务请求(service request,SR)等)。It can be understood that, before the AMF sends the first message to the first SMF, due to the movement of the terminal, the terminal may perform a mobility management (mobility management, MM) procedure (for example, a handover (HO) procedure, a mobility registration update or service request (service request, SR, etc.).

403,该第一SMF在该终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,确定将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接。403, the first SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF.

404,该第一SMF向该AMF发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该单接入 会话连接。相应地,该AMF接收来自该第一SMF的该第一指示信息。404. The first SMF sends first indication information to the AMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the first indication information from the first SMF.

例如,第一SMF接收来自AMF发送的第一消息,并根据该第一消息确定终端是否移出该第一SMF的服务区域。第一SMF在确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,将当前的多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,并向该AMF发送用于指示该单接入会话连接的第一指示信息。也就是说,本申请实施例中,第一SMF在确定终端移出第一SMF的服务区域无法执行多接入会话连接的情况下,将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接,并告知AMF,有助于后续业务可以通过单接入会话连接进行通信,即避免了后续业务的中断,从而提高了用户体验。For example, the first SMF receives the first message sent from the AMF, and determines whether the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the first message. In the case of determining that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the current multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection, and sends the first SMF indicating the single-access session connection to the AMF. an instruction message. That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, the first SMF modifies the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and cannot perform the multi-access session connection, and informs the AMF helps subsequent services to communicate through a single-access session connection, that is, to avoid interruption of subsequent services, thereby improving user experience.

可选地,AMF在接收到该第一指示信息之后,可以将多接入会话连接的关联关系修改为单接入会话连接的关联关系,该单接入会话连接的关联关系为该单接入会话连接的会话标识和第一SMF标识的关联关系,该多接入会话连接的关联关系为该单接入会话连接的会话标识、第一SMF标识和该多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。Optionally, after receiving the first indication information, the AMF may modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the single-access session connection. The association relationship between the session identification of the session connection and the first SMF identification, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the association of the session identification of the single-access session connection, the first SMF identification and the session identification of the multi-access session connection relation.

例如,AMF可以根据当前的会话连接保存对应的关联关系。例如,AMF在接收到该第一指示信息之后,可以将多接入会话连接的关联关系修改为单接入会话连接的关联关系。其中,多接入会话连接的关联关系包括多接入会话连接的会话标识(例如,MA PDU session indication),第一SMF标识(identity,ID)和会话连接的会话标识(PDU session ID),即PDU session ID--第一SMF ID--MA PDU session indication。单接入会话连接的关联关系包括PDU session ID和第一SMF ID,即PDU session ID--第一SMF ID。这样AMF根据第一指示信息及时更新保存的关联关系,使得AMF保存的关联信息与该会话的特性一致。即当会话为MA PDU会话时,AMF保存该会话为MA PDU会话,即关联关系为PDU session ID--第一SMF ID--MA PDU session indication;当会话为单接入会话时,AMF保存该会话为单接入会话,即关联关系为PDU session ID--第一SMF ID。For example, the AMF can save the corresponding association relationship according to the current session connection. For example, after receiving the first indication information, the AMF may modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection. Wherein, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection includes the session identification (for example, MA PDU session indication) of the multi-access session connection, the first SMF identification (identity, ID) and the session identification (PDU session ID) of the session connection, that is, PDU session ID--first SMF ID--MA PDU session indication. The association relationship of the single-access session connection includes the PDU session ID and the first SMF ID, that is, the PDU session ID--the first SMF ID. In this way, the AMF updates the saved association relationship in time according to the first indication information, so that the association information saved by the AMF is consistent with the characteristics of the session. That is, when the session is a MA PDU session, the AMF saves the session as a MA PDU session, that is, the association relationship is PDU session ID--first SMF ID--MA PDU session indication; when the session is a single-access session, AMF saves the session The session is a single-access session, that is, the association relationship is the PDU session ID--the first SMF ID.

可以理解的是,PDU会话连接可以包括单接入会话连接和多接入会话连接。PDU会话连接的标识可以是统称的会话连接的标识。对于单接入会话连接可以通过AMF保存的该PDU会话连接的ID和SMF ID表示,而对于多接入会话连接可以通过AMF保存的PDU会话连接的ID,SMF ID和MA PDU session indication表示。It can be understood that the PDU session connection may include a single-access session connection and a multi-access session connection. The identifier of the PDU session connection may be collectively referred to as the identifier of the session connection. For a single-access session connection, it can be represented by the ID and SMF ID of the PDU session connection saved by AMF, and for a multi-access session connection, it can be represented by the ID, SMF ID and MA PDU session indication of the PDU session connection saved by AMF.

可选的,AMF还保存特殊标记,该特殊标记用于表明该会话为特殊会话,即AMF针对该会话进行如下动作:判断终端是否移入或移出第一SMF服务范围,并在终端移入或移出第一SMF服务范围时,向第一SMF发送第一消息,以使第一SMF根据第一消息确定会话为MA PDU会话还是单接入会话。进一步的,在多接入会话连接的关联关系修改为单接入会话连接的关联关系时,AMF将该会话标记为特殊会话。其中,该特殊标记可以采用MA PDU session indication或者其它标识来表示。这样,有助于AMF根据该特殊标记确定对该会话做特殊处理,即监测终端是否移入或移出第一SMF服务范围,从而实现第一SMF对该会话的处理,保证会话连接的正常进行。Optionally, the AMF also saves a special mark, which is used to indicate that the session is a special session, that is, the AMF performs the following actions for the session: judging whether the terminal moves into or out of the first SMF service range, and when the terminal moves into or out of the first SMF service range. When an SMF serves the scope, the first message is sent to the first SMF, so that the first SMF determines whether the session is an MA PDU session or a single-access session according to the first message. Further, when the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is modified to the association relationship of the single-access session connection, the AMF marks the session as a special session. Wherein, the special mark can be represented by MA PDU session indication or other identifiers. In this way, it is helpful for the AMF to determine to perform special processing on the session according to the special mark, that is, to monitor whether the terminal moves into or out of the service range of the first SMF, so as to realize the processing of the session by the first SMF and ensure the normal progress of the session connection.

可选地,该单接入会话连接包括该多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection.

例如,多接入会话连接可以包括3GPP会话连接和N3GPP会话连接两个分支。单接入会话连接可以包括该多接入会话连接中的任意一个分支,即该单接入会话连接为3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接。For example, the multi-access session connection may include two branches, the 3GPP session connection and the N3GPP session connection. The single-access session connection may include any branch of the multi-access session connection, that is, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection.

可以理解的是,若该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接的情况下,该第一SMF和终端之间还可以插入第二SMF(即I-SMF)。也就是说,该第一SMF在移出该第一SMF SA的情况下,该第一SMF可以通过该第二SMF与终端进行通信。It can be understood that, if the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection, a second SMF (ie, I-SMF) may also be inserted between the first SMF and the terminal. That is, when the first SMF moves out of the first SMF SA, the first SMF can communicate with the terminal through the second SMF.

若该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的N3GPP会话连接的情况下,该第一SMF可以通过N3GPP会话和终端直接通信。换句话说,该第一SMF和终端之间可以不插入第二SMF。If the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection, the first SMF may communicate directly with the terminal through the N3GPP session. In other words, the second SMF may not be inserted between the first SMF and the terminal.

可选地,在步骤402之后,第一SMF还可以接收来自AMF的第二消息,并根据该第二消息确定该终端移入该第一SMF的服务区域,进而将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接。之后,第一SMF向终端发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该多接入会话连接。Optionally, after step 402, the first SMF may also receive a second message from the AMF, and determine according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF, and then modify the single-access session connection to multiple Access session connection. Afterwards, the first SMF sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.

例如,AMF检测终端的位置,并向第一SMF发送第二消息。若第一SMF根据该第二消息确定终端在移出第一SMF的服务区域之后,再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,则第一SMF将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接,并向AMF发送用于指示该多接入会话连接的第二指示信息。For example, the AMF detects the location of the terminal and sends the second message to the first SMF. If the first SMF determines according to the second message that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF after moving out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF modifies the single-access session connection to the multiple-access session connection, and Send second indication information for indicating the connection of the multiple access session to the AMF.

可选地,AMF在接收到该第二指示信息之后,可以将单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为多接入会话连接的关联关系,该单接入会话连接的关联关系为该会话连接的会话标识和第一SMF标识的关联关系,该多接入会话连接的关联关系为会话连接的会话标识、第一SMF标识和该多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。Optionally, after receiving the second indication information, the AMF may modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship of the session connection. The association relationship between the session identification and the first SMF identification, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the association relationship between the session identification of the session connection, the first SMF identification and the session identification of the multi-access session connection.

例如,AMF可以根据当前的会话连接保存对应的关联关系。例如,AMF在接收到该第二指示信息之后,可以将单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为多接入会话连接的关联关系。其中,多接入会话连接的关联关系包括多接入会话连接的会话标识(例如,MA PDU session indication),SMF标识(identity,ID)和PDU session ID,即PDU session ID--SMF ID--MA PDU session indication。单接入会话连接的关联关系包括PDU session ID和SMF ID,即PDU session ID--SMF ID。For example, the AMF can save the corresponding association relationship according to the current session connection. For example, after receiving the second indication information, the AMF may modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection. Wherein, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection includes the session identification of the multi-access session connection (for example, MA PDU session indication), SMF identification (identity, ID) and PDU session ID, that is, PDU session ID--SMF ID-- MA PDU session indication. The association relationship of a single-access session connection includes PDU session ID and SMF ID, that is, PDU session ID--SMF ID.

可选地,第一SMF还可以获取策略信息。若第一SMF根据该策略信息确定在终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,则将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接;若第一SMF根据该策略信息确定在终端移入该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,则将单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接。Optionally, the first SMF may also acquire policy information. If the first SMF determines according to the policy information that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the multi-access session connection is modified to a single-access session connection; if the first SMF determines according to the policy information that the terminal moves in In the case of the service area of the first SMF, the single-access session connection is modified into a multi-access session connection.

例如,步骤403具体可以是在接收到策略信息之后,根据该策略信息确定在在终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,则将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接。For example, step 403 may specifically be to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the policy information after receiving the policy information.

可以理解的是,第一SMF可以在步骤404之前的任意一个步骤之前获取该策略信息。例如,第一SMF可以在步骤401之前获取该策略信息。It can be understood that the first SMF may acquire the policy information before any step before step 404 . For example, the first SMF may acquire the policy information before step 401 .

在一个可能的实现方式中,第一SMF根据该策略信息具体还可以确定该单接入会话连接的具体内容为多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接,还是N3GPP会话连接。In a possible implementation manner, the first SMF may specifically determine, according to the policy information, whether the specific content of the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in a multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection.

例如,该策略信息可以是直接指示3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接,这样第一SMF可以根据该策略信息指示的会话连接确定该单接入会话连接具体是多接入会话连接中的哪一个分支。也就是说,通过策略信息的直接指示,减少了第一SMF的功耗开销。For example, the policy information may directly indicate a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection, so that the first SMF can determine which branch of the multi-access session connection the single-access session connection is specifically according to the session connection indicated by the policy information. That is, through the direct indication of the policy information, the power consumption overhead of the first SMF is reduced.

可选的,该策略信息指示的会话连接可以是当前已经建立的会话连接,也可以是还未建立的会话连接。若当前策略信息指示的会话连接是当前还未建立的会话连接,则第一 SMF可以触发终端先建立该策略信息指示的会话连接。Optionally, the session connection indicated by the policy information may be a currently established session connection or a session connection that has not been established yet. If the session connection indicated by the current policy information is a session connection that has not yet been established, the first SMF may trigger the terminal to first establish the session connection indicated by the policy information.

可以理解的是,第一SMF可以是从策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元获取该策略信息,也可以是在本地配置该策略信息。其中,PCF主要支持提供统一的策略框架来控制网络行为,提供策略规则给控制层网络功能,同时负责获取与策略决策相关的用户签约信息。It can be understood that the first SMF may acquire the policy information from a policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, or may configure the policy information locally. Among them, PCF mainly supports the provision of a unified policy framework to control network behavior, provides policy rules to control layer network functions, and is responsible for acquiring user subscription information related to policy decisions.

在另一个可能的实现方式中,在步骤404之后,第一SMF还可以获取负载信息,并根据该负载信息确定该3GPP会话连接的负载状况和该N3GPP会话连接的负载状况,进而根据该3GPP会话连接的负载状况和该N3GPP会话连接的负载状况确定该单接入会话连接具体为多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接,还是N3GPP会话连接。In another possible implementation manner, after step 404, the first SMF may further acquire load information, and determine the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection according to the load information, and then according to the 3GPP session connection The load status of the connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection determine whether the single-access session connection is specifically a 3GPP session connection in a multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection.

例如,第一SMF可以获取负载信息,通过负载信息确定该单接入会话连接的具体内容。这样第一SMF可以根据该3GPP会话连接的负载状况和该N3GPP会话连接的负载状况灵活的选择合适MA PDU会话的分支,从而在保证业务不中断的同时,提高了后续业务的通信质量,进一步提高了用户体验。For example, the first SMF may acquire load information, and determine the specific content of the single-access session connection through the load information. In this way, the first SMF can flexibly select the appropriate branch of the MA PDU session according to the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the N3GPP session connection, thereby ensuring that the service is not interrupted, and improving the communication quality of the subsequent services, further improving the user experience.

可以理解的是,第一SMF从PCF获取策略信息,该策略信息指示第一SMF可以根据负载信息确定该单接入会话连接的具体内容。在这种情况下,本申请不限定第一SMF获取到该负载信息的方式。It can be understood that the first SMF obtains policy information from the PCF, where the policy information indicates that the first SMF can determine the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the load information. In this case, the present application does not limit the manner in which the first SMF obtains the load information.

还可以理解的是,第一SMF可以从AMF,或UPF或RAN获取该负载信息,或者从其他网元中获取该负载信息,本申请对此不进行限定。It can also be understood that the first SMF may obtain the load information from the AMF, the UPF or the RAN, or obtain the load information from other network elements, which is not limited in this application.

可选地,该负载信息可以包括网络的拥塞情况(例如,接入网络或UPF的拥塞情况),或者网络中的时延情况(例如,端到端(end to end,E2E)时延)。Optionally, the load information may include the congestion situation of the network (eg, the congestion situation of the access network or the UPF), or the delay situation in the network (eg, end-to-end (E2E) delay).

在一个实施例中,在步骤403之后,若该第一SMF确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域,且该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接,则第一SMF还可以通过第二SMF向终端发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息可以用于指示该终端将N3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至该3GPP会话连接。In one embodiment, after step 403, if the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection, the first SMF Third indication information may also be sent to the terminal through the second SMF, where the third indication information may be used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection.

例如,若第一SMF在确定终端在移出第一SMF的服务区域之后,保留了多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接的分支,则可以告知终端将未保留的会话连接的分支的业务迁移到保留的会话连接的分支,从而避免了业务的丢失,更进一步提高了用户体验。For example, if the first SMF determines that after the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the branch of the 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection is reserved, the terminal may be instructed to migrate the service of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the reserved branch. The branch of the session connection, thus avoiding the loss of business and further improving the user experience.

可以理解的是,第一SMF向终端发送该第三指示信息可以是通过AMF的透传实现的。It can be understood that the sending of the third indication information to the terminal by the first SMF may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF.

可选地,该第三指示信息还可以用于指示该终端删除该N3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the third indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection.

例如,第一SMF在确定未保留N3GPP会话连接的分支,可以告知终端对该N3GPP会话连接进行释放,从而避免了资源浪费。For example, when determining that the branch of the N3GPP session connection is not reserved, the first SMF may notify the terminal to release the N3GPP session connection, thereby avoiding waste of resources.

可以理解的是,该第三指示信息也可以仅指示该终端删除该N3GPP会话连接。终端在删除该N3GPP会话连接之前可以主动将该N3GPP会话连接的业务转移到3GPP会话连接。It can be understood that, the third indication information may also only instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection. The terminal can actively transfer the services of the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection before deleting the N3GPP session connection.

可选地,第一SMF在确定终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域,又再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,且该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接的情况下,通过第二SMF向终端发送第六指示信息,该第六指示信息用于指示该终端建立N3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and moves into the service area of the first SMF again, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection. In this case, the second SMF sends sixth indication information to the terminal, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish an N3GPP session connection.

例如,若第一SMF确定终端再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,则可以告知终端再次 建立另一个分支N3GPP会话连接,从而再次实现了终端通过MA PDU会话进行通信,提高了通信效率。For example, if the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, the terminal can be informed to establish another branch N3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.

可以理解的是,终端在接收到该第六指示信息之后,可以将单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为多接入会话连接的关联关系。It can be understood that, after receiving the sixth indication information, the terminal can modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection.

在另一个实施例中,在步骤403之后,若该第一SMF确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域,且该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的N3GPP会话连接,则SMF还可以向终端发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息可以用于指示该终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至该N3GPP会话连接。In another embodiment, after step 403, if the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection, the SMF further Fourth indication information may be sent to the terminal, where the fourth indication information may be used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.

例如,若第一SMF在确定终端在移出第一SMF的服务区域之后,保留了多接入会话连接的N3GPP会话连接的分支,则可以告知终端将未保留的会话连接的分支的业务迁移到保留的会话连接的分支,即N3GPP侧的连接分支,从而避免了业务的丢失,更进一步提高了用户体验。For example, if the first SMF determines that after the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the branch of the N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection is reserved, the terminal may be instructed to migrate the service of the branch of the unreserved session connection to the reserved branch. The branch of the session connection, that is, the connection branch on the N3GPP side, thus avoiding the loss of services and further improving the user experience.

可以理解的是,第一SMF向终端发送该第四指示信息可以是通过AMF的透传实现的。It can be understood that the sending of the fourth indication information to the terminal by the first SMF may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF.

可选地,该第四指示信息还可以用于指示该终端删除该3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the fourth indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection.

例如,第一SMF在确定未保留3GPP会话连接的分支,可以告知终端对该3GPP会话连接进行释放,从而避免了资源浪费。For example, when determining that the branch of the 3GPP session connection is not reserved, the first SMF may notify the terminal to release the 3GPP session connection, thereby avoiding waste of resources.

可以理解的是,该第四指示信息也可以仅指示该终端删除该3GPP会话连接。终端在删除该3GPP会话连接之前可以主动将该3GPP会话连接的业务转移到N3GPP会话连接。It can be understood that, the fourth indication information may also only instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection. Before deleting the 3GPP session connection, the terminal may actively transfer the services of the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.

可选地,第一SMF在确定终端移出所述第一SMF的服务区域,又再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,且该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的N3GPP会话连接的情况下,向终端发送第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示该终端建立N3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and moves into the service area of the first SMF again, and the single-access session connection is the N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection. In this case, fifth indication information is sent to the terminal, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish an N3GPP session connection.

例如,若第一SMF确定终端再次移入该第一SMF的服务区域,则可以告知终端再次建立另一个分支3GPP会话连接,从而再次实现了终端通过MA PDU会话进行通信,提高了通信效率。For example, if the first SMF determines that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF again, the terminal can be informed to establish another branch 3GPP session connection again, so that the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session again, and the communication efficiency is improved.

可以理解的是,终端在接收到该第五指示信息之后,可以将单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为多接入会话连接的关联关系。It can be understood that, after receiving the fifth indication information, the terminal can modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection.

可选地,第一SMF还可以在步骤403之后,向终端发送前述第一指示信息。Optionally, the first SMF may also send the foregoing first indication information to the terminal after step 403 .

例如,第一SMF向终端发送该第一指示信息可以是通过AMF的透传实现的。此外,该第一指示信息可以分别与上述第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息或第六指示信息分别承载在同一个消息中发送,本申请对此不进行限定。For example, sending the first indication information to the terminal by the first SMF may be implemented through transparent transmission of the AMF. In addition, the first indication information may be respectively carried in the same message as the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information and sent in the same message, which is not limited in this application.

可以理解的是,在该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的3GPP会话连接的情况下,该第一SMF和终端之间还可以插入第二SMF(即I-SMF)。也就是说,该第一SMF在移出该第一SMF SA的情况下,该第一SMF可以通过该第二SMF向终端发送该第一指示信息。It can be understood that, when the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection, a second SMF (ie, I-SMF) may also be inserted between the first SMF and the terminal. That is, when the first SMF moves out of the first SMF SA, the first SMF can send the first indication information to the terminal through the second SMF.

若该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接的N3GPP会话连接的情况下,该第一SMF可以通过N3GPP会话连接直接向终端发送该第一指示信息。换句话说,该第一SMF和终端之间可以不插入第二SMF。If the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection of the multi-access session connection, the first SMF may directly send the first indication information to the terminal through the N3GPP session connection. In other words, the second SMF may not be inserted between the first SMF and the terminal.

上述方案描述中,终端在第一SMF的服务区域通过MA PDU会话进行通信。在终端移出第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,AMF选择一个I-SMF(例如,第三SMF)。之后, 在移出该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,第一SMF通过该第三SMF为该终端提供服务。例如,终端移出第一SMF的服务区域,移入新区域。例如,终端移动后的位置位于第三SMF的服务区域内。若终端在第一SMF服务区域时通过MA PDU会话进行通信,此时会话为多接入会话连接;当终端移出第一SMF服务区域时,该多接入会话连接改为单接入会话连接。例如,终端移出第一SMF服务区域时,保留的单接入会话连接对应3GPP接入技术,此时由第三SMF和第一SMF共同为终端提供会话管理服务。再例如,终端移出第一SMF服务区域时,保留的单接入会话连接对应N3GPP接入技术,此时由第一SMF为终端提供会话管理服务。因此,通过上述描述可以得知,终端在新区域只能通过单接入会话连接进行通信,无法通过多接入会话连接进行通信。In the above solution description, the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session in the service area of the first SMF. In the event that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the AMF selects an I-SMF (eg, the third SMF). After that, in the case of moving out of the service area of the first SMF, the first SMF provides services for the terminal through the third SMF. For example, the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF and moves into a new area. For example, the moved position of the terminal is within the service area of the third SMF. If the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session when the terminal is in the first SMF service area, the session is a multi-access session connection; when the terminal moves out of the first SMF service area, the multi-access session connection is changed to a single-access session connection. For example, when the terminal moves out of the first SMF service area, the reserved single-access session connection corresponds to the 3GPP access technology, and at this time, the third SMF and the first SMF jointly provide session management services for the terminal. For another example, when the terminal moves out of the first SMF service area, the reserved single-access session connection corresponds to the N3GPP access technology, and the first SMF provides session management services for the terminal at this time. Therefore, it can be known from the above description that the terminal can only communicate through a single-access session connection in a new area, and cannot communicate through a multi-access session connection.

为了进一步提高上述场景的通信效率,图5示出了本申请实施例的建立多接入会话连接的方法的示意性流程图。In order to further improve the communication efficiency of the above scenario, FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a multi-access session connection according to an embodiment of the present application.

可以理解的是,在不做特别说明,或者不存在逻辑矛盾的情况下,图5所示的实施例与图4所示的实施例中的相同术语表示的含义相同,为避免重复,在此不进行赘述。It can be understood that, in the case of no special description or no logical contradiction, the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 has the same meaning as the same terms in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 . To avoid repetition, here No further description will be given.

还可以理解的是,在不存在逻辑矛盾的情况下,图5所示的实施例可以与前述任意一个实施例进行结合,本申请对此不进行限定。It can also be understood that, in the case where there is no logical contradiction, the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may be combined with any one of the foregoing embodiments, which is not limited in this application.

501,AMF在终端移出第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,为该终端选择第二SMF。501. When the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the AMF selects a second SMF for the terminal.

例如,AMF在确定终端移出第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,可以在新区域为该终端选择第二SMF。For example, if the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, the AMF may select the second SMF for the terminal in the new area.

例如,该第一SMF可以是终端在A地为终端提供服务的网元。该第二SMF可以是终端在B地时为终端直接提供服务的网元。其中,B地可以是常驻地。例如,终端从常驻地B地移动到A地,在A地建立MA PDU会话,并通过该会话进行通信。之后,终端从A地再次移动到B地时,可以为终端选择该第二SMF。For example, the first SMF may be a network element that provides services for the terminal at the terminal A. The second SMF may be a network element that directly provides services for the terminal when the terminal is at B. Among them, place B can be a resident place. For example, the terminal moves from the permanent location B to A, establishes a MA PDU session at A, and communicates through the session. After that, when the terminal moves from place A to place B again, the second SMF can be selected for the terminal.

需要说明的是,B地在第一SMF对应的SMF SA外。It should be noted that the B ground is outside the SMF SA corresponding to the first SMF.

可以理解的是,该第二SMF可以不需要通过I-SMF就能够为终端提供服务。It can be understood that, the second SMF can provide services for the terminal without passing through the I-SMF.

在一种可能的实现方式中,AMF可以实时检测确定该终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域的情况下,执行步骤501。In a possible implementation manner, when the AMF may detect in real time and determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, step 501 is performed.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,AMF可以在终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域,且在接入网(acess network,AN)释放流程中,执行步骤501。In another possible implementation manner, the AMF may perform step 501 when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF, and in the access network (access network, AN) release process.

其中,该AN释放流程用于释放AN的相关资源,以使得终端进入空闲态。Wherein, the AN release procedure is used to release the relevant resources of the AN, so that the terminal enters an idle state.

502,该AMF向第一SMF发送第一消息。502. The AMF sends a first message to the first SMF.

503,该第一SMF收到第一消息后,通过所述第三SMF向该终端发送指示信息。503. After receiving the first message, the first SMF sends indication information to the terminal through the third SMF.

可以理解的是,该第一SMF可以依次通过该第三SMF和AMF向终端发送该指示信息。It can be understood that the first SMF may send the indication information to the terminal through the third SMF and the AMF in sequence.

例如,步骤502中的第一消息用于触发该第一SMF向该终端发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该终端通过该第二SMF建立多接入会话连接。相应地,终端接收来自该第一SMF的该指示信息。For example, the first message in step 502 is used to trigger the first SMF to send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a multi-access session connection through the second SMF. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the indication information from the first SMF.

例如,AMF在找到第二SMF之后,可以向第一SMF发送第一消息。第一SMF在接收到该第一消息时,向终端发送指示该终端通过该第二SMF进行建立多接入会话连接的指示信息。For example, after finding the second SMF, the AMF may send the first message to the first SMF. When receiving the first message, the first SMF sends, to the terminal, indication information indicating that the terminal establishes a multi-access session connection through the second SMF.

可选地,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或N3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

504,该终端根据该指示信息,建立多接入会话连接。504, the terminal establishes a multi-access session connection according to the indication information.

例如,终端通过该指示信息重新建立一个多接入会话连接,从而提高了通信效率。For example, the terminal re-establishes a multi-access session connection through the indication information, thereby improving communication efficiency.

可选地,所述终端在完成所述多接入会话连接之后,将所述单接入会话连接的业务迁移到所述多接入会话连接进行业务传输。Optionally, after completing the multi-access session connection, the terminal migrates the service of the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection for service transmission.

例如,终端在接收到指示信息之前可以通过单接入会话连接进行业务传输。其中,该单接入会话连接即为通过第三SMF和所述第一SMF建立的会话连接。例如,如图5所示,终端可以通过AMF、第一SMF和第三SMF建立该单接入会话连接。终端在完成所述多接入会话连接之后,可以将所述单接入会话连接的业务迁移到所述多接入会话连接(如图5所示,终端通过AMF和第二SMF建立多接入会话连接)进行业务传输,从而提高了通信效率。For example, before receiving the indication information, the terminal may perform service transmission through a single-access session connection. The single-access session connection is a session connection established through the third SMF and the first SMF. For example, as shown in FIG. 5 , the terminal may establish the single-access session connection through the AMF, the first SMF and the third SMF. After the terminal completes the multi-access session connection, the service of the single-access session connection can be migrated to the multi-access session connection (as shown in FIG. session connection) for service transmission, thereby improving communication efficiency.

可选地,该终端在所述终端将所述单接入会话连接的业务迁移到所述多接入会话连接的会话进行业务传输之后,还可以释放该单接入会话连接。Optionally, the terminal may also release the single-access session connection after the terminal migrates the service of the single-access session connection to the session of the multi-access session connection for service transmission.

图6示出了本申请另一个实施例的管理会话连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to another embodiment of the present application.

需要说明的是,图6所示的实施例中与图4所示的实施例中的相同术语表示的含义相同,为避免重复,在此不进行赘述。It should be noted that, the same terms in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 have the same meanings, which are not repeated here to avoid repetition.

还需要说明的是,在不存在逻辑矛盾的情况下,图6所示的实施例可以与前述任意一个实施例进行结合,本申请对此不进行限定。It should also be noted that, in the case where there is no logical contradiction, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 may be combined with any one of the foregoing embodiments, which is not limited in this application.

图6所示的实施例中,终端在第一SMF SA内通过MA PDU会话进行通信。终端在移出第一SMF SA后,第一SMF根据策略信息确定保留3GPP会话连接。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the terminal communicates through the MA PDU session within the first SMF SA. After the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the first SMF determines to retain the 3GPP session connection according to the policy information.

601,第一SMF获取策略信息。601. The first SMF acquires policy information.

可以理解的是,该步骤601可以发生在步骤607之前的任意时刻,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that the step 601 may occur at any time before the step 607, which is not limited in this application.

602,终端在移动的过程中,启动MM流程。602. During the movement of the terminal, the MM process is started.

可以理解的是,终端当前的通信采用的是MA PDU会话连接。It can be understood that the current communication of the terminal adopts the MA PDU session connection.

603,AMF确定终端移出该第一SMF SA。603. The AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

例如,本申请可以在执行步骤602之后,执行步骤603。也就是说,MM流程中的一个或多个步骤可以触发AMF检测终端是否移出该第一SMF SA。For example, the present application may perform step 603 after performing step 602 . That is, one or more steps in the MM procedure can trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

例如,终端当前通过3GPP接入技术注册到网络,并发起MA PDU会话建立,从而建立了MA PDU会话连接。UE移动执行MM流程,AMF确定终端移出该第一SMF SA,该步骤详见步骤603。For example, the terminal currently registers with the network through the 3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection. The UE moves and executes the MM process, and the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA. For details of this step, refer to step 603.

可选地,终端可以不执行步骤602,而是执行会话建立流程,以建立MA PDU会话的另一个分支,即3GPP侧会话连接。Optionally, the terminal may not execute step 602, but execute the session establishment process to establish another branch of the MA PDU session, that is, the 3GPP side session connection.

例如,该会话建立流程中的一个或多个步骤可以触发AMF检测终端是否移出该第一SMF SA。For example, one or more steps in the session establishment process may trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

例如,终端当前通过N3GPP接入技术注册到网络,并发起MA PDU会话建立,从而建立了MA PDU会话连接。UE通过3GPP接入技术发起会话建立流程,以建立MA PDU会话的另一个分支。在该会话建立流程中,AMF确定终端移出该第一SMF SA。For example, the terminal currently registers with the network through the N3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection. The UE initiates the session establishment procedure through the 3GPP access technology to establish another branch of the MA PDU session. In the session establishment procedure, the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

604,AMF在确定终端移出该第一SMF SA的情况下,向第一SMF发送第一消息。604. The AMF sends a first message to the first SMF when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

需要说明的是,在步骤603之后,步骤604之前,如果当前接入技术为3GPP,AMF确定UE移出第一SMF SA后选择并插入I-SMF(例如,第二SMF),即在AMF和第一SMF之间插入第二SMF;如果当前接入技术为N3GPP,AMF在建立3GPP侧会话连接流程中选择并插入I-SMF(例如,第二SMF)。It should be noted that, after step 603 and before step 604, if the current access technology is 3GPP, the AMF determines that the UE selects and inserts the I-SMF (for example, the second SMF) after moving out of the first SMF SA, that is, between the AMF and the first SMF SA. A second SMF is inserted between one SMF; if the current access technology is N3GPP, the AMF selects and inserts an I-SMF (eg, the second SMF) in the process of establishing a session connection on the 3GPP side.

另外需要说明的是,步骤604中第一消息的具体实现方式为:AMF向第二SMF发送创建会话管理上下文请求消息,第二SMF向第一SMF发送创建请求消息。这样步骤605具体可以是第一SMF根据接收到的创建请求消息确定终端移出该第一SMF的服务区域。In addition, it should be noted that the specific implementation manner of the first message in step 604 is as follows: the AMF sends a request message for creating a session management context to the second SMF, and the second SMF sends a request message for creating a session to the first SMF. In this way, step 605 may specifically be that the first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first SMF according to the received creation request message.

605,第一SMF根据该第一消息确定该终端移出该第一SMF SA。605. The first SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA according to the first message.

606,第一SMF在该终端移出该第一SMF SA的情况下,确定将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接。606. The first SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA.

607,第一SMF根据该策略信息,确定在该终端移出该第一SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接。607. The first SMF determines, according to the policy information, that when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

例如,该策略信息可以直接指示在该终端移出或移入第一SMF SA时,该单接入会话连接的具体为哪一个会话连接。或者该策略信息也可以间接指示在该终端移出或移入第一SMF SA时,该单接入会话连接的具体为哪一个会话连接。例如,该策略信息指示第一SMF可以根据负载信息确定该单接入会话连接的具体内容。由第一SMF在接收到该策略信息后,获取多接入会话连接的各个分支的负载信息,并根据获取的负载信息确定出该单接入会话连接的具体内容。For example, the policy information may directly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the first SMF SA. Or, the policy information may also indirectly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the first SMF SA. For example, the policy information indicates that the first SMF can determine the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the first SMF acquires the load information of each branch of the multi-access session connection, and determines the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the acquired load information.

可选地,系统可以提前为第一SMF预配置:在该终端移出该第一SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接;在该终端再次移入该第一SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接。这样本实施例可以不执行步骤601和步骤607。例如,该策略信息指示SMF可以根据负载信息确定保留该多接入会话的3GPP侧会话连接或N3GPP侧会话连接。由SMF在接收到该策略信息后,根据获取的负载信息确定出保留该多接入会话的3GPP侧会话连接或N3GPP侧会话连接。Optionally, the system may pre-configure the first SMF in advance: when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection; In the case of moving into the first SMF SA, the single-access session connection is modified to a multi-access session connection. In this way, steps 601 and 607 may not be performed in this embodiment. For example, the policy information indicates that the SMF may determine to reserve the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection of the multi-access session according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the SMF determines the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection to retain the multi-access session according to the acquired load information.

可选地,步骤601中,第一SMF也可以获取负载信息,并根据负载信息确定该多个接入会话连接中的N3GPP会话连接的负载状况和3GPP会话连接的负载状况,并根据N3GPP会话连接的负载状况和3GPP会话连接的负载状况确定在该终端移出该第一SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接,还是N3GPP会话连接。例如,第一SMF可以将负载较轻的会话连接作为该单接入会话连接。需要说明的是,该描述适用于终端建立的MA PDU会话连接,同时具有3GPP侧分支和N3GPP侧分支。Optionally, in step 601, the first SMF may also acquire load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connections and the load status of the 3GPP session connections in the multiple access session connections according to the load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connections according to the N3GPP session connections. The load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the 3GPP session connection determine whether the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection when the terminal moves out of the first SMF SA. For example, the first SMF may use the lightly loaded session connection as the single-access session connection. It should be noted that this description is applicable to the MA PDU session connection established by the terminal, and has both a 3GPP side branch and an N3GPP side branch.

608,第一SMF向AMF发送第七指示信息,该第七指示信息用于指示该单接入会话连接。608. The first SMF sends seventh indication information to the AMF, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.

可选的,该第七指示信息具体可以指示该单接入会话连接具体为3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the seventh indication information may specifically indicate that the single-access session connection is specifically a 3GPP session connection.

例如,与步骤604类似,步骤608的具体实现方式为:第一SMF向第二SMF发送创建响应消息,第二SMF向AMF发送创建会话管理上下文响应消息。这样步骤609具体可以是AMF根据接收到的创建会话管理上下文响应消息,将多接入会话连接的关联关系改为单接入会话的关联关系。For example, similar to step 604, the specific implementation manner of step 608 is: the first SMF sends a create response message to the second SMF, and the second SMF sends a create session management context response message to the AMF. In this way, step 609 may specifically be that the AMF changes the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session according to the received response message for creating a session management context.

609,AMF接收到该第七指示信息之后,保存该单接入会话连接的关联关系。609. After receiving the seventh indication information, the AMF saves the association relationship of the single-access session connection.

需要说明的是,该步骤也可以在步骤604之前执行。It should be noted that this step may also be performed before step 604 .

610,第一SMF还可以向终端发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该单接入会话连接。610. The first SMF may also send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.

可以理解的是,第一SMF可以通过AMF的透传向终端发送该第一指示信息。It can be understood that the first SMF may send the first indication information to the terminal through the transparent transmission of the AMF.

还可以理解的是,该第七指示信息和该第一指示信息的内容可以相同。It can also be understood that the content of the seventh indication information and the first indication information may be the same.

可选的,与步骤604类似,第一SMF可以通过第二SMF、AMF,向终端发送该第一指示信息。Optionally, similar to step 604, the first SMF may send the first indication information to the terminal through the second SMF and AMF.

还可以理解的是,本申请对步骤608和步骤610的先后顺序不进行限定。It can also be understood that the present application does not limit the sequence of step 608 and step 610 .

611,终端接收到该第一指示信息,并将该多接入会话连接修改为该单接入会话连接。611. The terminal receives the first indication information, and modifies the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection.

可以理解的是,终端根据该第一指示信息可以获知该单接入会话连接的具体内容是3GPP会话连接。It can be understood that, according to the first indication information, the terminal can learn that the specific content of the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection.

612,第一SMF向终端发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该终端将N3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到3GPP会话连接,和/或指示该终端删除该N3GPP会话连接。612. The first SMF sends third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection.

可以理解的,若终端在步骤601之前可以通过N3GPP会话进行通信,而第一SMF根据策略信息确定保留3GPP会话连接,则该第三指示信息用于指示该终端删除该N3GPP会话连接。可选地,该第三指示信息还用于指示该终端将N3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到3GPP会话连接。It can be understood that if the terminal can communicate through the N3GPP session before step 601, and the first SMF determines to retain the 3GPP session connection according to the policy information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection. Optionally, the third indication information is further used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection.

还可以理解的是,若终端在步骤601之前可以通过3GPP会话进行通信,而第一SMF根据该策略信息确定保留3GPP会话连接,则本申请可以不执行步骤612-步骤614。It can also be understood that, if the terminal can communicate through a 3GPP session before step 601, and the first SMF determines to retain the 3GPP session connection according to the policy information, steps 612 to 614 may not be performed in this application.

可选的,与步骤604类似,第一SMF可以通过第二SMF、AMF,向终端发送第三指示信息。Optionally, similar to step 604, the first SMF may send the third indication information to the terminal through the second SMF and the AMF.

需要说明的是,第三指示信息可以应用到如下场景:终端在N3GPP建立MA PDU会话连接,然后又在3GPP发起会话建立流程,以建立该MA PDU会话的另一个分支。在上述场景中,第一SMF可以向终端发送第三指示信息,以指示终端将N3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至3GPP会话连接。It should be noted that the third indication information can be applied to the following scenario: the terminal establishes a MA PDU session connection in N3GPP, and then initiates a session establishment process in 3GPP to establish another branch of the MA PDU session. In the above scenario, the first SMF may send third indication information to the terminal to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection.

可以理解的是,该步骤612和步骤610可以同时执行,或者该第三指示信息和该第一指示信息携带在同一个消息中,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that, the step 612 and the step 610 may be performed simultaneously, or the third indication information and the first indication information are carried in the same message, which is not limited in this application.

613,终端接收到该第三指示信息,并根据该第三指示信息将N3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到3GPP会话连接。613. The terminal receives the third indication information, and migrates the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.

614,终端接收到该第三指示信息,并根据该第三指示信息删除该N3GPP会话连接。614. The terminal receives the third indication information, and deletes the N3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.

可以理解的是,若第三指示信息仅指示该终端将N3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到3GPP会话连接,则终端在执行步骤612后执行步骤613,而不需要执行步骤614。若第三指示信息仅指示该终端删除该N3GPP会话连接,则终端执行步骤614,而可以不执行步骤613。若第三指示信息指示该终端将N3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到3GPP会话连接,和指示该终端删除该N3GPP会话连接,则终端可以先执行步骤613,再执行步骤614。It can be understood that, if the third indication information only instructs the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, the terminal executes step 613 after executing step 612, and does not need to execute step 614. If the third indication information only instructs the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection, the terminal performs step 614, but may not perform step 613. If the third indication information instructs the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the N3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and instructs the terminal to delete the N3GPP session connection, the terminal may perform step 613 first and then step 614 .

可以理解的是,本实施例可以不执行步骤612-步骤614,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that, steps 612 to 614 may not be performed in this embodiment, which is not limited in this application.

615,AMF确定终端移入第一SMF SA。615. The AMF determines that the terminal moves into the first SMF SA.

例如,随着终端的移动,AMF可以检测到终端移入第一SMF SA。For example, as the terminal moves, the AMF may detect that the terminal moves into the first SMF SA.

可以理解的是,步骤615可以发生在步骤611之后的任意一个步骤,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that step 615 may occur at any step after step 611, which is not limited in this application.

616,AMF在确定终端移入该第一SMF SA的情况下,向第一SMF发送第二消息。616. The AMF sends a second message to the first SMF when it is determined that the terminal has moved into the first SMF SA.

可选的,第二消息的具体实现方式与步骤604类似,与步骤604不同之处在于,AMF向第二SMF发送更新会话管理上下文请求消息,第二SMF向第一SMF发送更新请求消息。Optionally, the specific implementation of the second message is similar to step 604, and the difference from step 604 is that the AMF sends an update session management context request message to the second SMF, and the second SMF sends an update request message to the first SMF.

617,第一SMF根据该第二消息可以确定终端移入该第一SMF的服务区域。617. The first SMF may determine, according to the second message, that the terminal moves into the service area of the first SMF.

618,第一SMF在确定终端移入该第一SMF SA的情况下,确定将该单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接。618. The first SMF determines to modify the single-access session connection to a multi-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves into the first SMF SA.

619,第一SMF向终端发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该多接入会话连接。619. The first SMF sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.

可选的,第一SMF依次通过第二SMF、AMF,向终端发送第二指示信息。Optionally, the first SMF sends the second indication information to the terminal through the second SMF and the AMF in sequence.

620,终端根据该第二指示信息,将该单接入会话连接修改为该多接入会话连接。620. The terminal modifies the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information.

可以理解的是,终端将该单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接具体可以是将保存的单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为保存多接入会话连接的关联关系。It can be understood that the modification of the single-access session connection by the terminal to the multi-access session connection may specifically be modifying the saved association relationship of the single-access session connection to the saved association relationship of the multi-access session connection.

621,第一SMF还可以通过第二SMF向终端发送第六指示信息,该第六指示信息用于指示终端建立N3GPP会话连接。621. The first SMF may also send sixth indication information to the terminal through the second SMF, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish an N3GPP session connection.

622,终端根据该第六指示信息,可以建立该N3GPP会话连接。622. The terminal may establish the N3GPP session connection according to the sixth indication information.

可以理解的是,步骤615-步骤622为终端移出第一SMF SA之后,再次移入第一SMF SA的场景。若终端没有再次移入该第一SMF SA,则不执行步骤615-步骤622。It can be understood that, steps 615 to 622 are scenarios in which the terminal moves into the first SMF SA again after moving out of the first SMF SA. If the terminal does not move into the first SMF SA again, steps 615-622 are not performed.

图7示出了本申请又一个实施例的管理会话连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for managing session connections according to still another embodiment of the present application.

需要说明的是,图7所示的实施例中与图4所示的实施例中的相同术语表示的含义相同,为避免重复,在此不进行赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and the same terms in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the same terms have the same meanings, which are not repeated here to avoid repetition.

还需要说明的是,在不存在逻辑矛盾的情况下,图7所示的实施例可以与前述任意一个实施例进行结合,本申请对此不进行限定。It should also be noted that, in the case where there is no logical contradiction, the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 may be combined with any of the foregoing embodiments, which is not limited in this application.

图7所示的实施例中,终端在SMF SA内通过MA PDU会话进行通信。终端在移出SMF SA后,SMF根据策略信息确定的保留N3GPP会话连接。In the embodiment shown in Figure 7, the terminals communicate within the SMF SA through MA PDU sessions. After the terminal moves out of the SMF SA, the SMF retains the N3GPP session connection determined by the policy information.

701,SMF获取策略信息。701. The SMF obtains policy information.

可以理解的是,该步骤701可以发生在步骤707之前的任意时刻,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that the step 701 may occur at any time before the step 707, which is not limited in this application.

702,终端在移动的过程中,启动MM流程。702. During the movement of the terminal, the MM process is started.

可以理解的是,终端当前的通信采用的是MA PDU会话连接。It can be understood that the current communication of the terminal adopts the MA PDU session connection.

703,AMF确定终端移出该SMF SA。703. The AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

例如,本申请可以在执行步骤702之后,执行步骤703。也就是说,MM流程中的一个或多个步骤可以触发AMF检测终端是否移出该SMF SA。For example, the present application may perform step 703 after performing step 702 . That is, one or more steps in the MM procedure can trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

例如,终端当前通过3GPP接入技术注册到网络,并发起MA PDU会话建立,从而建立了MA PDU会话连接。UE移动执行MM流程,AMF确定终端移出该SMF SA,该步骤详见步骤703。For example, the terminal currently registers with the network through the 3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection. The UE moves and executes the MM process, and the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA. For details of this step, refer to step 703.

可选地,终端可以不执行步骤702,而是执行会话建立流程,以建立MA PDU会话的 另一个分支,即N3GPP侧会话连接。Optionally, the terminal may not execute step 702, but execute the session establishment process to establish another branch of the MA PDU session, that is, the N3GPP side session connection.

例如,该会话建立流程中的一个或多个步骤可以触发AMF检测终端是否移出该SMF SA。For example, one or more steps in the session establishment process may trigger the AMF to detect whether the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

例如,终端当前通过N3GPP接入技术注册到网络,并发起MA PDU会话建立,从而建立了MA PDU会话连接。UE通过3GPP接入技术发起会话建立流程,以建立MA PDU会话的另一个分支。在该会话建立流程中,AMF确定终端移出该SMF SA。For example, the terminal currently registers with the network through the N3GPP access technology, and initiates the establishment of the MA PDU session, thereby establishing the MA PDU session connection. The UE initiates the session establishment procedure through the 3GPP access technology to establish another branch of the MA PDU session. In the session establishment procedure, the AMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

704,AMF在确定终端移出该SMF SA的情况下,向SMF发送第一消息。704. The AMF sends a first message to the SMF when it is determined that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

705,SMF根据该第一消息确定该终端移出该SMF SA。705. The SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA according to the first message.

706,SMF在该终端移出该SMF SA的情况下,确定将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接。706, the SMF determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

707,SMF根据该策略信息,确定在该终端移出该SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接中的N3GPP会话连接。707. The SMF determines, according to the policy information, that the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA.

例如,该策略信息可以直接指示在该终端移出或移入SMF SA时,该单接入会话连接的具体为哪一个会话连接。或者该策略信息也可以间接指示在该终端移出或移入SMF SA时,该单接入会话连接的具体为哪一个会话连接。例如,该策略信息指示SMF可以根据负载信息确定该单接入会话连接的具体内容。由SMF在接收到该策略信息后,获取多接入会话连接的各个分支的负载信息,并根据获取的负载信息确定出该单接入会话连接的具体内容。For example, the policy information may directly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the SMF SA. Or the policy information may also indirectly indicate which session connection the single-access session connection is when the terminal moves out or moves into the SMF SA. For example, the policy information indicates that the SMF can determine the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the SMF acquires the load information of each branch of the multi-access session connection, and determines the specific content of the single-access session connection according to the acquired load information.

可选地,系统可以提前预配置:在该终端移出该SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接中的N3GPP会话连接;在该终端再次移入该SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接为该多个接入会话连接中的N3GPP会话连接。这样本实施例可以不执行步骤701和步骤707。例如,该策略信息指示SMF可以根据负载信息确定保留该多接入会话的3GPP侧会话连接或N3GPP侧会话连接。由SMF在接收到该策略信息后,根据获取的负载信息确定出保留该多接入会话的3GPP侧会话连接或N3GPP侧会话连接。Optionally, the system can be pre-configured in advance: when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA, the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection; when the terminal moves into the SMF SA again Next, the single access session connection is an N3GPP session connection among the multiple access session connections. In this way, steps 701 and 707 may not be performed in this embodiment. For example, the policy information indicates that the SMF may determine to reserve the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection of the multi-access session according to the load information. After receiving the policy information, the SMF determines the 3GPP side session connection or the N3GPP side session connection to retain the multi-access session according to the acquired load information.

可选地,步骤701中,SMF也可以获取负载信息,并根据负载信息确定该多个接入会话连接中的N3GPP会话连接的负载状况和3GPP会话连接的负载状况,并根据N3GPP会话连接的负载状况和3GPP会话连接的负载状况确定在该终端移出该SMF SA的情况下,该单接入会话连接为该多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接,还是N3GPP会话连接。例如,SMF可以将负载较轻的会话连接作为该单接入会话连接。需要说明的是,该描述适用于终端建立的MA PDU会话连接,同时具有3GPP侧分支和N3GPP侧分支。Optionally, in step 701, the SMF may also obtain load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connection and the load status of the 3GPP session connection in the multiple access session connections according to the load information, and determine the load status of the N3GPP session connection according to the load status of the N3GPP session connection. The status and the load status of the 3GPP session connection determine whether the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection or an N3GPP session connection in the case that the terminal moves out of the SMF SA. For example, the SMF may consider the lightly loaded session connection as the single-access session connection. It should be noted that this description is applicable to the MA PDU session connection established by the terminal, and has both a 3GPP side branch and an N3GPP side branch.

708,SMF向AMF发送第七指示信息,该第七指示信息用于指示该单接入会话连接。708. The SMF sends seventh indication information to the AMF, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.

可选地,该第七指示信息具体可以指示该单接入会话连接具体为N3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the seventh indication information may specifically indicate that the single-access session connection is specifically an N3GPP session connection.

709,AMF接收到该第七指示信息之后,保存该单接入会话连接的关联关系。709. After receiving the seventh indication information, the AMF saves the association relationship of the single-access session connection.

需要说明的是,在终端当前通过3GPP接入技术注册到网络的场景下,UE在步骤709之后还发起N3GPP侧会话建立流程,以建立N3GPP侧会话分支。下述步骤710-步骤713均可以发生在该N3GPP侧会话建立流程中。It should be noted that, in the scenario where the terminal is currently registered to the network through the 3GPP access technology, the UE also initiates the N3GPP side session establishment process after step 709 to establish the N3GPP side session branch. The following steps 710 to 713 may all occur in the session establishment process on the N3GPP side.

另外需要说明的是,该步骤也可以在步骤704之前执行。In addition, it should be noted that this step may also be performed before step 704 .

710,SMF还可以向终端发送该第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该单接入会话连接。710. The SMF may also send the first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.

可以理解的是,SMF可以通过AMF的透传向终端发送该第一指示信息。It can be understood that the SMF may send the first indication information to the terminal through the transparent transmission of the AMF.

还可以理解的是,该第七指示信息和该第一指示信息的内容可以相同。It can also be understood that the content of the seventh indication information and the first indication information may be the same.

还可以理解的是,本申请对步骤708和步骤710的先后顺序不进行限定。It can also be understood that the present application does not limit the sequence of step 708 and step 710 .

711,终端接收到该第一指示信息,并将该多个接入会话连接修改为该单接入会话连接。711. The terminal receives the first indication information, and modifies the multiple access session connections to the single access session connection.

可以理解的是,终端根据该第一指示信息可以获知该单接入会话连接的具体内容是N3GPP会话连接。It can be understood that, according to the first indication information, the terminal can learn that the specific content of the single-access session connection is the N3GPP session connection.

712,SMF还可以向终端发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到N3GPP会话连接,和/或指示该终端删除该3GPP会话连接。712. The SMF may also send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection.

需要说明的是,第四指示信息可以应用到如下场景:终端在3GPP建立MA PDU会话连接,然后又在N3GPP发起会话建立流程,以建立该MA PDU会话的另一个分支。在上述场景中,SMF可以向终端发送第四指示信息,以指示终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至N3GPP会话连接。It should be noted that the fourth indication information can be applied to the following scenario: the terminal establishes a MA PDU session connection in 3GPP, and then initiates a session establishment process in N3GPP to establish another branch of the MA PDU session. In the above scenario, the SMF may send fourth indication information to the terminal to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.

可以理解的,若终端在步骤701之前可以通过3GPP会话进行通信,而第一SMF根据策略信息确定保留N3GPP会话连接,则该第四指示信息用于指示该终端删除该3GPP会话连接。可选地,该第四指示信息还用于指示该终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到N3GPP会话连接。It can be understood that if the terminal can communicate through the 3GPP session before step 701, and the first SMF determines to retain the N3GPP session connection according to the policy information, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection. Optionally, the fourth indication information is further used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection.

还可以理解的是,若终端在步骤701之前可以通过N3GPP会话进行通信,而第一SMF根据该策略信息确定保留N3GPP会话连接,则本申请可以不执行步骤712-步骤714。It can also be understood that, if the terminal can communicate through the N3GPP session before step 701, and the first SMF determines to retain the N3GPP session connection according to the policy information, the present application may not perform steps 712-714.

713,终端接收到该第四指示信息,并根据该第四指示信息将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到N3GPP会话连接。713. The terminal receives the fourth indication information, and migrates the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.

可以理解的是,该步骤712和步骤710可以同时执行,或者该第四指示信息和该第一指示信息携带在同一个消息中,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that, the step 712 and the step 710 may be performed simultaneously, or the fourth indication information and the first indication information are carried in the same message, which is not limited in this application.

714,终端接收到该第四指示信息,并根据该第四指示信息删除该3GPP会话连接。714. The terminal receives the fourth indication information, and deletes the 3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.

可以理解的是,若第四指示信息仅指示该终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到N3GPP会话连接,则终端在执行步骤712后执行步骤713,而不需要执行步骤714。若第四指示信息仅指示该终端删除该3GPP会话连接,则终端执行步骤714,而不需要执行步骤713。若第四指示信息用于指示该终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移到N3GPP会话连接,和指示该终端删除该3GPP会话连接,则终端可以先执行步骤713,再执行步骤714。It can be understood that, if the fourth indication information only instructs the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection, the terminal executes step 713 after executing step 712, and does not need to execute step 714. If the fourth indication information only instructs the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection, the terminal performs step 714 without performing step 713 . If the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection, and to instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection, the terminal may perform step 713 first and then step 714 .

可以理解的是,本实施例可以不执行步骤712-步骤714,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that, steps 712 to 714 may not be performed in this embodiment, which is not limited in this application.

715,AMF确定终端移入SMF SA。715, the AMF determines that the terminal moves into the SMF SA.

例如,随着终端的移动,AMF可以检测到终端移入SMF SA。For example, as the terminal moves, the AMF can detect that the terminal moves into the SMF SA.

可以理解的是,步骤715可以发生在步骤711之后的任意一个步骤,本申请对此不进行限定。It can be understood that step 715 may occur at any step after step 711, which is not limited in this application.

716,AMF在确定终端移入该SMF SA的情况下,向SMF发送第二消息。716. The AMF sends a second message to the SMF when it is determined that the terminal has moved into the SMF SA.

可选的,第二消息的具体实现方式与步骤704类似,与步骤704不同之处在于,AMF向I-SMF发送更新会话管理上下文请求消息,I-SMF向第一SMF发送更新请求消息。Optionally, the specific implementation of the second message is similar to step 704, and the difference from step 704 is that the AMF sends an update session management context request message to the I-SMF, and the I-SMF sends an update request message to the first SMF.

717,SMF根据该第二消息可以确定终端移入该SMF的服务区域。717. The SMF may determine, according to the second message, that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF.

718,SMF在确定终端移入该SMF SA的情况下,确定将该单接入会话连接修改为多 接入会话连接。718. The SMF determines to modify the single-access session connection to a multi-access session connection when it is determined that the terminal moves into the SMF SA.

719,SMF向终端发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该多接入会话连接。719. The SMF sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.

可选的,SMF依次通过I-SMF、AMF,向终端发送第二指示信息。Optionally, the SMF sends the second indication information to the terminal through the I-SMF and the AMF in sequence.

720,终端根据该第二指示信息,将该单接入会话连接修改为该多接入会话连接。720. The terminal modifies the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information.

可以理解的是,终端将该单接入会话连接修改为多接入会话连接具体可以是将保存的单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为保存多接入会话连接的关联关系。It can be understood that the modification of the single-access session connection by the terminal to the multi-access session connection may specifically be modifying the saved association relationship of the single-access session connection to the saved association relationship of the multi-access session connection.

721,SMF还可以向终端发送第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示终端建立3GPP会话连接。721. The SMF may also send fifth indication information to the terminal, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a 3GPP session connection.

722,终端根据该第五指示信息,建立该3GPP会话连接。722. The terminal establishes the 3GPP session connection according to the fifth indication information.

可以理解的是,步骤715-步骤722为终端移出SMF SA之后,再次移入SMF SA的场景。若终端没有再次移入该SMF SA,则不执行步骤715-步骤722。It can be understood that, steps 715 to 722 are scenarios in which the terminal moves into the SMF SA again after the terminal moves out of the SMF SA. If the terminal does not move into the SMF SA again, steps 715-722 are not performed.

需要说明的是,图7中AMF与SMF的交互,例如步骤704、步骤708、步骤710、步骤712等,具体的实现方式还可以是AMF通过I-SMF与SMF交互,具体的交互方式可以参考图6中AMF通过第二SMF与第一SMF的交互,此处不再赘述。其中,I-SMF为步骤703中,终端移出SMF SA时,AMF选择并插入的I-SMF,此时由I-SMF和SMF为终端提供会话管理服务。It should be noted that the interaction between AMF and SMF in FIG. 7 , such as step 704 , step 708 , step 710 , step 712 , etc., the specific implementation method can also be that AMF interacts with SMF through I-SMF, and the specific interaction method can refer to In FIG. 6 , the interaction between the AMF and the first SMF through the second SMF will not be repeated here. The I-SMF is the I-SMF selected and inserted by the AMF when the terminal moves out of the SMF SA in step 703, and the I-SMF and the SMF provide session management services for the terminal at this time.

本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。The various embodiments described herein may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions all fall within the protection scope of the present application.

可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,由各个设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由对应设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the foregoing method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by each device may also be implemented by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit) of a corresponding device.

上述主要从各个交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspectives of various interactions. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitter device or a receiver device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to performing each function in order to implement the above functions. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in conjunction with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以使用硬件的形式实现,也可以使用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以使用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the transmitting-end device or the receiving-end device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. middle. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, or can be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following description will be given by using the division of each function module corresponding to each function as an example.

应理解,本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非限制本申请实施例的范围。It should be understood that the specific examples in the embodiments of the present application are only for helping those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, rather than limiting the scope of the embodiments of the present application.

应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.

以上,结合图4至图7详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图8至图 15详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In the above, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail with reference to FIGS. 4 to 7 . Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 8 to FIG. 15 . It should be understood that the description of the apparatus embodiment corresponds to the description of the method embodiment. Therefore, for the content not described in detail, reference may be made to the above method embodiment, which is not repeated here for brevity.

图8示出了本申请实施例的管理会话连接的装置800的示意性框图。FIG. 8 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 800 for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.

应理解,该装置800可以对应于图4、图6或图7所示的实施例中的SMF,可以具有方法中的SMF的任意功能。该装置800,包括收发模块810和处理模块820。It should be understood that the apparatus 800 may correspond to the SMF in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and may have any function of the SMF in the method. The apparatus 800 includes a transceiver module 810 and a processing module 820 .

该收发模块810,用于接收来自AMF的第一消息;The transceiver module 810 is configured to receive the first message from the AMF;

该处理模块820,用于根据所述第一消息,确定终端移出所述SMF的服务区域;The processing module 820 is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF;

该处理模块820,还用于在所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域的情况下,确定将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接;The processing module 820 is further configured to determine to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF;

该收发模块810,还用于向所述AMF发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述单接入会话连接。The transceiver module 810 is further configured to send first indication information to the AMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection.

可选地,该收发模块810,还用于接收来自所述AMF的第二消息;Optionally, the transceiver module 810 is further configured to receive the second message from the AMF;

该处理模块820,还用于根据所述第二消息,确定所述终端移入所述SMF的服务区域;The processing module 820 is further configured to determine, according to the second message, that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF;

该处理模块820,还用于在所述终端移入所述SMF的服务区域的情况下,确定将所述单接入会话连接修改为所述多接入会话连接;The processing module 820 is further configured to determine to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection when the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF;

该收发模块810,还用于向所述AMF发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述多接入会话连接。The transceiver module 810 is further configured to send second indication information to the AMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection.

可选地,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

可选地,该处理模块820还用于:Optionally, the processing module 820 is also used for:

获取策略信息;get policy information;

根据所述策略信息,确定在所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域的情况下,所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。According to the policy information, it is determined that when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

可选地,该处理模块820还用于:Optionally, the processing module 820 is also used for:

获取负载信息;Get load information;

根据所述负载信息,确定所述3GPP会话连接的负载状况和所述Non-3GPP会话连接的负载状况;According to the load information, determine the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the Non-3GPP session connection;

根据所述3GPP会话连接的负载状况和所述Non-3GPP会话连接的负载状况,确定在所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域的情况下,所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。According to the load condition of the 3GPP session connection and the load condition of the Non-3GPP session connection, it is determined that the single-access session connection is the multi-access connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF 3GPP session connection or Non-3GPP session connection in session connection.

可选地,在所述SMF确定所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接的情况下,该收发模块810还用于向所述终端发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端将Non-3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述3GPP会话连接,和/或指示所述终端删除所述Non-3GPP会话连接。Optionally, when the SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the transceiver module 810 further is used to send third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal to delete all Non-3GPP session connection described above.

可选地,在所述SMF确定所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的Non-3GPP会话连接的情况下,该收发模块810还用于向所述终端发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述Non-3GPP会话连接,和/或指示所述终端删除所述3GPP会话连接。Optionally, when the SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, and the single-access session connection is a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the Non-3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal Delete the 3GPP session connection.

可选地,在所述SMF确定所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的N3GPP会话连接的情况下,若确定所述终端再次移入所述SMF的服务区域,则该收发模块810还用于向所述终端发送第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端建立3GPP会话连接。Optionally, when the SMF determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, and the single-access session connection is an N3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, if it is determined that the terminal Moving into the service area of the SMF again, the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send fifth indication information to the terminal, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a 3GPP session connection.

可选地,在所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接的情况下,若确定所述终端再次移入所述SMF的服务区域的情况下,则该收发模块810还用于向所述终端发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述终端建立Non-3GPP会话连接。Optionally, when the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF, and the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, if it is determined that the terminal moves into the SMF again. In the case of the service area of the SMF, the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the terminal, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a Non-3GPP session connection.

可选地,该收发模块810,还用于向所述终端发送所述第一指示信息。Optionally, the transceiver module 810 is further configured to send the first indication information to the terminal.

可选地,所述第一消息指示所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域。Optionally, the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF.

可选地,所述第一消息包括所述终端的位置信息,该处理模块820,还用于根据所述终端的位置信息,确定所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域。Optionally, the first message includes location information of the terminal, and the processing module 820 is further configured to determine, according to the location information of the terminal, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF.

图9示出了本申请实施例提供的管理会话连接的装置900,该装置900可以为图4、图6或图7中所述的SMF。该装置可以采用如图9所示的硬件架构。该装置可以包括处理器910和收发器930,可选地,该装置还可以包括存储器940,该处理器910、收发器930和存储器940通过内部连接通路互相通信。图8中的处理模块820所实现的相关功能可以由处理器910来实现,收发模块810所实现的相关功能可以由处理器910控制收发器930来实现。FIG. 9 shows an apparatus 900 for managing a session connection provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 900 may be the SMF described in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 . The device may adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 9 . The apparatus may include a processor 910 and a transceiver 930, and optionally, the apparatus may further include a memory 940, and the processor 910, the transceiver 930 and the memory 940 communicate with each other through an internal connection path. The related functions implemented by the processing module 820 in FIG. 8 can be implemented by the processor 910 , and the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 810 can be implemented by the processor 910 controlling the transceiver 930 .

可选地,处理器910可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),专用处理器,或一个或多个用于执行本申请实施例技术方案的集成电路。或者,处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对管理会话连接的装置(如,基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。Alternatively, the processor 910 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a special-purpose processor, or one or more An integrated circuit for implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. Alternatively, a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions). For example, it may be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit can be used to control devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.) that manage session connections, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. .

可选地,该处理器910可以包括是一个或多个处理器,例如包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),在处理器是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。Optionally, the processor 910 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs). In the case where the processor is a CPU, the CPU may be a single Core CPU, can also be a multi-core CPU.

该收发器930用于发送和接收数据和/或信号,以及接收数据和/或信号。该收发器可以包括发射器和接收器,发射器用于发送数据和/或信号,接收器用于接收数据和/或信号。The transceiver 930 is used to transmit and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals. The transceiver may include a transmitter for transmitting data and/or signals and a receiver for receiving data and/or signals.

该存储器940包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM),该存储器940用于存储相关指令及数据。The memory 940 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (EPROM), read-only memory (EPROM), and erasable programmable memory (EPROM). A compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), the memory 940 is used to store related instructions and data.

存储器940用于存储终端的程序代码和数据,可以为单独的器件或集成在处理器910中。The memory 940 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal, and can be a separate device or integrated in the processor 910 .

例如,所述处理器910用于控制收发器与AMF进行信息传输。具体可参见方法实施例中的描述,在此不再赘述。For example, the processor 910 is used to control the transceiver to transmit information with the AMF. For details, refer to the description in the method embodiment, which is not repeated here.

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,装置900还可以包括输出设备和输入设备。输出设 备和处理器910通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备和处理器601通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the apparatus 900 may further include an output device and an input device. The output device communicates with the processor 910 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc. . The input device communicates with the processor 601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device, or the like.

可以理解的是,图9仅仅示出了管理会话连接的装置的简化设计。在实际应用中,该装置还可以分别包含必要的其他元件,包含但不限于任意数量的收发器、处理器、控制器、存储器等,而所有可以实现本申请的终端都在本申请的保护范围之内。It will be appreciated that FIG. 9 merely shows a simplified design of the apparatus for managing session connections. In practical applications, the device may also include other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all terminals that can implement the present application are within the protection scope of the present application within.

在一种可能的设计中,该装置900可以是芯片,例如可以为可用于SMF中的通信芯片,用于实现SMF中处理器910的相关功能。该芯片可以为实现相关功能的现场可编程门阵列,专用集成芯片,系统芯片,中央处理器,网络处理器,数字信号处理电路,微控制器,还可以采用可编程控制器或其他集成芯片。该芯片中,可选的可以包括一个或多个存储器,用于存储程序代码,当所述代码被执行时,使得处理器实现相应的功能。In a possible design, the apparatus 900 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in an SMF, for implementing the relevant functions of the processor 910 in the SMF. The chip can be a field programmable gate array, an application-specific integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions. The chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes, and when the codes are executed, make the processor implement corresponding functions.

本申请实施例还提供一种装置,该装置可以是SMF也可以是电路。该装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由SMF所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application further provides a device, and the device may be an SMF or a circuit. The apparatus may be used to perform the actions performed by the SMF in the above method embodiments.

图10示出了本申请实施例的管理会话连接的装置1000的示意性框图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1000 for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.

应理解,该装置1000可以对应于图4、图6或图7所示的实施例中的AMF,可以具有方法中的AMF的任意功能。该装置1000,包括收发模块1010。It should be understood that the apparatus 1000 may correspond to the AMF in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and may have any function of the AMF in the method. The apparatus 1000 includes a transceiver module 1010 .

该收发模块1010,用于向SMF发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于确定终端移出所述SMF的服务区域;The transceiver module 1010 is configured to send a first message to the SMF, where the first message is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF;

该收发模块1010,还用于接收来自所述SMF的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示单接入会话连接。The transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive first indication information from the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection.

可选地,该收发模块1010,还用于向所述SMF发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于确定所述终端移入所述SMF的服务区域;该收发模块1010,还用于接收来自所述SMF的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示多接入会话连接。Optionally, the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to send a second message to the SMF, where the second message is used to determine that the terminal moves into the service area of the SMF; the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive a message from the SMF. The second indication information of the SMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate a multi-access session connection.

可选地,该装置10000还包括处理模块1020,该处理模块1020,用于根据所述第二指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。Optionally, the apparatus 10000 further includes a processing module 1020, configured to modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association of the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information The association relationship of the single-access session connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session of the single-access session connection. The association relationship between the ID, the SMF ID and the session ID of the multi-access session connection.

可选地,该处理模块1020,用于根据所述第一指示信息,将所述多接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述单接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。Optionally, the processing module 1020 is configured to, according to the first indication information, modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection, the single-access session connection The association relationship is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID, SMF ID of the single-access session connection and the multi-access session ID. The association relationship of the session ID of the incoming session connection.

可选地,该处理模块1020,还用于根据所述第一指示信息,将所述多接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述单接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联 关系。Optionally, the processing module 1020 is further configured to, according to the first indication information, modify the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection, the single-access session connection The association relationship of the connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the SMF ID, and the multi-access session connection. The association relationship between the session IDs of the access session connection.

可选地,所述第一消息指示所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域。Optionally, the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the SMF.

可选地,所述第一消息包括所述终端的位置信息,所述终端的位置信息用于确定所述终端移出所述SMF的服务区域。Optionally, the first message includes location information of the terminal, and the location information of the terminal is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the SMF.

图11示出了本申请实施例提供的管理会话连接的装置1100,该装置1100可以为图4、图6或图7中所述的AMF。该装置可以采用如图11所示的硬件架构。该装置可以包括处理器1110和收发器1120,可选地,该装置还可以包括存储器1130,该处理器1110、收发器1120和存储器1130通过内部连接通路互相通信。图10所示的实施例中的处理模块1020所实现的相关功能可以由处理器1110来实现,收发模块1010所实现的相关功能可以由处理器1110控制收发器1120来实现。FIG. 11 shows an apparatus 1100 for managing a session connection provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the apparatus 1100 may be the AMF described in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 . The device may adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 11 . The apparatus may include a processor 1110 and a transceiver 1120, and optionally, the apparatus may further include a memory 1130, and the processor 1110, the transceiver 1120 and the memory 1130 communicate with each other through an internal connection path. The related functions implemented by the processing module 1020 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the processor 1110 , and the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 1010 may be implemented by the processor 1110 controlling the transceiver 1120 .

可选地,处理器1110可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),专用处理器,或一个或多个用于执行本申请实施例技术方案的集成电路。或者,处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对管理会话连接的装置(如,AMF或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。Alternatively, the processor 1110 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a special-purpose processor, or one or more An integrated circuit for implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. Alternatively, a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions). For example, it may be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control the device (eg, AMF or chip, etc.) for managing the session connection, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.

可选地,该处理器1110可以包括是一个或多个处理器,例如包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),在处理器是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。Optionally, the processor 1110 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs). In the case where the processor is a CPU, the CPU may be a single Core CPU, can also be a multi-core CPU.

该收发器1120用于发送和接收数据和/或信号,以及接收数据和/或信号。该收发器可以包括发射器和接收器,发射器用于发送数据和/或信号,接收器用于接收数据和/或信号。The transceiver 1120 is used to transmit and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals. The transceiver may include a transmitter for transmitting data and/or signals and a receiver for receiving data and/or signals.

该存储器1130包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM),该存储器1130用于存储相关指令及数据。The memory 1130 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (EPROM), and read-only memory (EPROM). A compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), the memory 1130 is used to store related instructions and data.

存储器1130用于存储AMF的程序代码和数据,可以为单独的器件或集成在处理器1110中。The memory 1130 is used to store program codes and data of the AMF, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 1110 .

例如,所述处理器1110用于控制收发器与SMF,或与终端进行信息传输。具体可参见方法实施例中的描述,在此不再赘述。For example, the processor 1110 is used to control the transceiver and the SMF, or perform information transmission with the terminal. For details, refer to the description in the method embodiment, which is not repeated here.

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,装置1100还可以包括输出设备和输入设备。输出设备和处理器1110通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备和处理器601通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the apparatus 1100 may further include an output device and an input device. The output device communicates with the processor 1110 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc. . The input device communicates with the processor 601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device, or the like.

可以理解的是,图11仅仅示出了管理会话连接的装置的简化设计。在实际应用中,该装置还可以分别包含必要的其他元件,包含但不限于任意数量的收发器、处理器、控制器、存储器等,而所有可以实现本申请的AMF都在本申请的保护范围之内。It will be appreciated that FIG. 11 only shows a simplified design of the apparatus for managing session connections. In practical applications, the device may also include other necessary elements, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all AMFs that can implement the present application are within the protection scope of the present application within.

在一种可能的设计中,该装置1100可以是芯片,例如可以为可用于AMF中的通信芯片,用于实现AMF中处理器1110的相关功能。该芯片可以为实现相关功能的现场可编程门阵列,专用集成芯片,系统芯片,中央处理器,网络处理器,数字信号处理电路,微控制器,还可以采用可编程控制器或其他集成芯片。该芯片中,可选的可以包括一个或多个存储器,用于存储程序代码,当所述代码被执行时,使得处理器实现相应的功能。In a possible design, the apparatus 1100 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in the AMF, for implementing the relevant functions of the processor 1110 in the AMF. The chip can be a field programmable gate array, an application-specific integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions. The chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes, and when the codes are executed, make the processor implement corresponding functions.

本申请实施例还提供一种装置,该装置可以是AMF也可以是电路。该装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由AMF所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application further provides a device, and the device may be an AMF or a circuit. The apparatus may be used to perform the actions performed by the AMF in the above method embodiments.

图12示出了本申请实施例的管理会话连接的装置1200的示意性框图。FIG. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1200 for managing session connections according to an embodiment of the present application.

应理解,该装置1200可以对应于图6或图7所示的实施例中的终端,可以具有方法中的终端的任意功能。该装置1200,包括收发模块1210和处理模块1220。It should be understood that the apparatus 1200 may correspond to the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and may have any function of the terminal in the method. The apparatus 1200 includes a transceiver module 1210 and a processing module 1220 .

该收发模块1210,用于接收来自SMF的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示单接入会话连接;The transceiver module 1210 is configured to receive first indication information from the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection;

该处理模块1220,用于接收来自SMF的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示单接入会话连接。The processing module 1220 is configured to receive first indication information from the SMF, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection.

可选地,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。Optionally, the single-access session connection includes a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection.

可选地,该收发模块1210,还用于接收来自所述SMF的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述多接入会话连接;Optionally, the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive second indication information from the SMF, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection;

该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第二指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接修改为所述多接入会话连接。The processing module 1220 is further configured to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information.

可选地,该收发模块1210,还用于接收来自所述SMF的第三指示信息;Optionally, the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive third indication information from the SMF;

该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第三指示信息,将所述Non-3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述3GPP会话连接;和/或The processing module 1220 is further configured to migrate the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection according to the third indication information; and/or

该处理模块,还用于根据所述第三指示信息,删除所述Non-3GPP会话连接。The processing module is further configured to delete the Non-3GPP session connection according to the third indication information.

可选地,该收发模块1210,还用于接收来自所述SMF的第四指示信息;Optionally, the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the SMF;

该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第四指示信息,将所述终端将所述3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述N3GPP会话连接;和/或The processing module 1220 is further configured to migrate, by the terminal, the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the N3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information; and/or

该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第四指示信息,删除所述3GPP会话连接。The processing module 1220 is further configured to delete the 3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information.

可选地,该收发模块1210,还用于接收第五指示信息;Optionally, the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive fifth indication information;

该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第五指示信息,建立所述3GPP会话连接。The processing module 1220 is further configured to establish the 3GPP session connection according to the fifth indication information.

可选地,该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第五指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。Optionally, the processing module 1220 is further configured to, according to the fifth indication information, modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, the single-access session connection The association relationship of the connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the SMF ID, and the multi-access session connection. The association relationship between the session IDs of the access session connection.

可选地,该收发模块1210,还用于接收第六指示信息;Optionally, the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive sixth indication information;

该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第六指示信息,建立所述Non-3GPP会话连接。The processing module 1220 is further configured to establish the Non-3GPP session connection according to the sixth indication information.

可选地,该处理模块1220,还用于根据所述第六指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所 述单接入会话连接的会话标识和SMF标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、SMF标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。Optionally, the processing module 1220 is further configured to, according to the sixth indication information, modify the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, the single-access session connection The association relationship of the connection is the association relationship between the session ID of the single-access session connection and the SMF ID, and the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the SMF ID, and the multi-access session connection. The association relationship between the session IDs of the access session connection.

图13示出了本申请实施例提供的管理会话连接的装置1300,该装置1300可以为图4、图6或图7中所述的终端。该装置可以采用如图13所示的硬件架构。该装置可以包括处理器1310和收发器1320,可选地,该装置还可以包括存储器1330,该处理器1310、收发器1320和存储器1330通过内部连接通路互相通信。图12所示的实施例中的处理模块1220所实现的相关功能可以由处理器1310来实现,收发模块1210所实现的相关功能可以由处理器1310控制收发器1320来实现。FIG. 13 shows an apparatus 1300 for managing a session connection provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the apparatus 1300 may be the terminal described in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 . The device may adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 13 . The apparatus may include a processor 1310 and a transceiver 1320, and optionally, the apparatus may further include a memory 1330, and the processor 1310, the transceiver 1320 and the memory 1330 communicate with each other through an internal connection path. The related functions implemented by the processing module 1220 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 may be implemented by the processor 1310 , and the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 1210 may be implemented by the processor 1310 controlling the transceiver 1320 .

可选地,处理器1310可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),专用处理器,或一个或多个用于执行本申请实施例技术方案的集成电路。或者,处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对管理会话连接的装置(如,终端或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。Alternatively, the processor 1310 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a special-purpose processor, or one or more An integrated circuit for implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. Alternatively, a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions). For example, it may be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit. The baseband processor may be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit may be used to control a device (eg, terminal or chip, etc.) for managing session connections, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.

可选地,该处理器1310可以包括是一个或多个处理器,例如包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),在处理器是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。Optionally, the processor 1310 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPUs). In the case where the processor is a CPU, the CPU may be a single Core CPU, can also be a multi-core CPU.

该收发器1320用于发送和接收数据和/或信号,以及接收数据和/或信号。该收发器可以包括发射器和接收器,发射器用于发送数据和/或信号,接收器用于接收数据和/或信号。The transceiver 1320 is used to transmit and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals. The transceiver may include a transmitter for transmitting data and/or signals and a receiver for receiving data and/or signals.

该存储器1330包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM),该存储器1330用于存储相关指令及数据。The memory 1330 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (EPROM), read-only memory (EPROM). A compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), the memory 1330 is used to store related instructions and data.

存储器1330用于存储终端的程序代码和数据,可以为单独的器件或集成在处理器1310中。The memory 1330 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 1310 .

例如,所述处理器1310用于控制收发器与SMF进行信息传输。具体可参见方法实施例中的描述,在此不再赘述。For example, the processor 1310 is used to control the transceiver to transmit information with the SMF. For details, refer to the description in the method embodiment, which is not repeated here.

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,装置1300还可以包括输出设备和输入设备。输出设备和处理器1310通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备和处理器601通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the apparatus 1300 may further include an output device and an input device. The output device communicates with the processor 1310 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc. . The input device communicates with the processor 601 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device, or the like.

可以理解的是,图13仅仅示出了管理会话连接的装置的简化设计。在实际应用中,该装置还可以分别包含必要的其他元件,包含但不限于任意数量的收发器、处理器、控制器、存储器等,而所有可以实现本申请的终端都在本申请的保护范围之内。It will be appreciated that FIG. 13 only shows a simplified design of the apparatus for managing session connections. In practical applications, the device may also include other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all terminals that can implement the present application are within the protection scope of the present application within.

在一种可能的设计中,该装置1300可以是芯片,例如可以为可用于终端中的通信芯 片,用于实现终端中处理器1310的相关功能。该芯片可以为实现相关功能的现场可编程门阵列,专用集成芯片,系统芯片,中央处理器,网络处理器,数字信号处理电路,微控制器,还可以采用可编程控制器或其他集成芯片。该芯片中,可选的可以包括一个或多个存储器,用于存储程序代码,当所述代码被执行时,使得处理器实现相应的功能。In a possible design, the device 1300 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in a terminal, for implementing the relevant functions of the processor 1310 in the terminal. The chip can be a field programmable gate array, an application-specific integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions. The chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes, and when the codes are executed, make the processor implement corresponding functions.

本申请实施例还提供一种装置,该装置可以是终端也可以是电路。该装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a terminal or a circuit. The apparatus may be configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.

可选地,本实施例中的装置为终端时,图14示出了一种简化的终端的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图14中,终端以手机作为例子。如图14所示,终端包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端可以不具有输入输出装置。Optionally, when the apparatus in this embodiment is a terminal, FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal. For the convenience of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 14 , the terminal takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 14 , the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminals, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminals may not have input and output devices.

当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图14中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 14 . In an actual end product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端的处理单元。如图14所示,终端包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1410中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1410中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1410包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, an antenna with a transceiver function and a radio frequency circuit may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the terminal, and a processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal. As shown in FIG. 14 , the terminal includes a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 . The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like. The processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing single board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1410 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 1410 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1410 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like. The transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.

应理解,收发单元1410用于执行上述方法实施例中终端侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1420用于执行上述方法实施例中终端上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1410 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal side in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 1420 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal except the transceiving operations in the above method embodiments.

例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元1420用于执行图6中终端侧的处理步骤。收发单元1410,用于执行图6中的收发操作,和/或收发单元1410还用于执行本申请实施例中终端侧的其他收发步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the processing unit 1420 is configured to perform the processing steps on the terminal side in FIG. 6 . The transceiving unit 1410 is configured to perform the transceiving operation in FIG. 6 , and/or the transceiving unit 1410 is further configured to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal side in this embodiment of the present application.

当该通信装置为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.

可选地,该装置为终端时,还可以参照图15所示的设备。作为一个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图14中处理器1410的功能。在图15中,该设备包括处理器1501,发送数据处理器1503,接收数据处理器1505。上述实施例中的处理模块1220可以是图15中的 该处理器1501,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块1210可以是图15中的发送数据处理器1503和接收数据处理器1505。虽然图15中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。Optionally, when the apparatus is a terminal, reference may also be made to the device shown in FIG. 15 . As an example, the device may perform functions similar to the processor 1410 in FIG. 14 . In FIG. 15 , the device includes a processor 1501 , a transmit data processor 1503 , and a receive data processor 1505 . The processing module 1220 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1501 in FIG. 15, and performs corresponding functions. The transceiver module 1210 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 1503 and the receiving data processor 1505 in FIG. 15 . Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 15 , it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limiting description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes an integration of one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, high-density digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks, SSD)) etc.

应理解,处理器可以是集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor may be an integrated circuit chip, which has signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), or other possible solutions. Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be implemented or executed. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchronous link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchronous link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).

本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描 述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one item(s) below" or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c may be single or multiple .

应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本发明的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。应理解,在本发明的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is to be understood that reference throughout the specification to "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic associated with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thus, appearances of "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, rather than the embodiments of the present invention. implementation constitutes any limitation.

在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system" and the like are used in this specification to refer to a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components. One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between 2 or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.

还应理解,本文中涉及的第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。It should also be understood that the first, second, and various numerical numbers involved in this document are only for the convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application.

应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。其中,单独存在A或B,并不限定A或B的数量。以单独存在A为例,可以理解为具有一个或多个A。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. Among them, A or B exists alone, and the number of A or B is not limited. Taking the existence of A alone as an example, it can be understood as having one or more A.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的 间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

一种管理会话连接的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for managing session connections, comprising: 第一会话管理功能网元接收来自移动管理功能网元的第一消息;The first session management function network element receives the first message from the mobility management function network element; 所述第一会话管理功能网元根据所述第一消息,确定终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域;The first session management function network element determines, according to the first message, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element; 所述第一会话管理功能网元在所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域的情况下,确定将多接入会话连接修改为单接入会话连接;The first session management function network element determines to modify the multi-access session connection to a single-access session connection when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element; 所述第一会话管理功能网元向所述移动管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述单接入会话连接。The first session management function network element sends first indication information to the mobility management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the single-access session connection. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一会话管理功能网元接收来自所述移动管理功能网元的第二消息;the first session management function network element receives a second message from the mobility management function network element; 所述第一会话管理功能网元根据所述第二消息,确定所述终端移入所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域;The first session management function network element determines, according to the second message, that the terminal moves into the service area of the first session management function network element; 所述第一会话管理功能网元在所述终端移入所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域的情况下,确定将所述单接入会话连接修改为所述多接入会话连接;The first session management function network element determines to modify the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection when the terminal moves into the service area of the first session management function network element; 所述第一会话管理功能网元向所述移动管理功能网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述多接入会话连接。The first session management function network element sends second indication information to the mobility management function network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的第三代伙伴计划3GPP会话连接或非第三代伙伴计划Non-3GPP会话连接。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the single-access session connection comprises a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP session connection or a non-3rd Generation Partnership Project Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection session connection. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一会话管理功能网元获取策略信息;the first session management function network element obtains policy information; 所述第一会话管理功能网元根据所述策略信息,确定在所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域的情况下,所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。The first session management function network element determines, according to the policy information, that the single-access session connection is the multi-access when the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element 3GPP session connection or Non-3GPP session connection in session connection. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一会话管理功能网元获取负载信息;the first session management function network element obtains load information; 所述第一会话管理功能网元根据所述负载信息,确定所述3GPP会话连接的负载状况和所述Non-3GPP会话连接的负载状况;The first session management function network element determines the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the Non-3GPP session connection according to the load information; 所述第一会话管理功能网元根据所述3GPP会话连接的负载状况和所述Non-3GPP会话连接的负载状况,确定在所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域的情况下,所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接或Non-3GPP会话连接。The first session management function network element determines a situation in which the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element according to the load status of the 3GPP session connection and the load status of the Non-3GPP session connection Next, the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection or a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一会话管理功能网元确定所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the first session management function network element determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element, and the In the case where the single-access session connection is a 3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the method further includes: 所述第一会话管理功能网元通过第二会话管理功能网元向所述终端发送第三指示信 息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端将Non-3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述3GPP会话连接,和/或指示所述终端删除所述Non-3GPP会话连接。The first session management function network element sends third indication information to the terminal through the second session management function network element, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the terminal. the 3GPP session connection, and/or instruct the terminal to delete the Non-3GPP session connection. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一会话管理功能网元确定所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的Non-3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the first session management function network element determines that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element, and the When the single-access session connection is a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the method further includes: 所述第一会话管理功能网元向所述终端发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端将3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述Non-3GPP会话连接,和/或指示所述终端删除所述3GPP会话连接。The first session management function network element sends fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to migrate the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection to the Non-3GPP session connection, and/ Or instruct the terminal to delete the 3GPP session connection. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项,或权利要求7所述所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一会话管理功能网元确定所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的Non-3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, or claim 7, wherein the first session management function network element determines that the terminal moves out of the first session management function network element In the case where the single-access session connection is a Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection, the method further includes: 所述第一会话管理功能网元在确定所述终端再次移入所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域的情况下,向所述终端发送第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端建立3GPP会话连接。The first session management function network element sends fifth indication information to the terminal when it is determined that the terminal moves into the service area of the first session management function network element again, where the fifth indication information is used for The terminal is instructed to establish a 3GPP session connection. 根据权利要求3至6中任一项的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域,且所述单接入会话连接为所述多接入会话连接中的3GPP会话连接的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, wherein the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element, and the single-access session connection is the multi-access session In the case where the 3GPP session in the connection is connected, the method further includes: 所述第一会话管理功能网元在确定所述终端再次移入所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域的情况下,通过第二会话管理功能网元向所述终端发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述终端建立Non-3GPP会话连接。The first session management function network element sends sixth indication information to the terminal through the second session management function network element when it is determined that the terminal moves into the service area of the first session management function network element again, The sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal to establish a Non-3GPP session connection. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一会话管理功能网元向所述终端发送所述第一指示信息。The first session management function network element sends the first indication information to the terminal. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息指示所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the first session management function network element. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息包括所述终端的位置信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first message includes location information of the terminal, and the method further comprises: 所述第一会话管理功能网元根据所述终端的位置信息,确定所述终端移出所述第一会话管理功能网元的服务区域。The first session management function network element determines, according to the location information of the terminal, that the terminal moves out of the service area of the first session management function network element. 一种管理会话连接的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for managing session connections, comprising: 移动管理功能网元向会话管理功能网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于确定终端移出所述会话管理功能网元的服务区域;The mobility management function network element sends a first message to the session management function network element, where the first message is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the service area of the session management function network element; 所述移动管理功能网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示单接入会话连接。The mobility management function network element receives first indication information from the session management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 13, wherein the method further comprises: 所述移动管理功能网元向所述会话管理功能网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于确定所述终端移入所述会话管理功能网元的服务区域;The mobility management function network element sends a second message to the session management function network element, where the second message is used to determine that the terminal moves into the service area of the session management function network element; 所述移动管理功能网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示多接入会话连接。The mobility management function network element receives second indication information from the session management function network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate a multi-access session connection. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the method further comprises: 所述移动管理功能网元根据所述第二指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为会话连接的会话标识和会话管理功能网元标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为会话连接的会话标识、会话管理功能网元标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。The mobility management function network element modifies the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is: The association relationship between the session ID of the session connection and the session management function network element ID, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the session connection, the session management function network element ID and the session ID of the multi-access session connection association relationship. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the method further comprises: 所述移动管理功能网元根据所述第一指示信息,将所述多接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述单接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为会话连接的会话标识和会话管理功能网元标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为会话连接的会话标识、会话管理功能网元标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。The mobility management function network element modifies the association relationship of the multi-access session connection to the association relationship of the single-access session connection according to the first indication information, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is: The association relationship between the session ID of the session connection and the session management function network element ID, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the session connection, the session management function network element ID and the session ID of the multi-access session connection association relationship. 根据权利要求13至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的第三代伙伴计划3GPP会话连接或非第三代伙伴计划Non-3GPP会话连接。The method according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein the single-access session connection comprises a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP session connection or a non-3rd generation partner in the multi-access session connection Schedule Non-3GPP session connections. 根据权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息指示所述终端移出所述会话管理功能网元的服务区域。The method according to any one of claims 13 to 17, wherein the first message instructs the terminal to move out of the service area of the session management function network element. 根据权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息包括所述终端的位置信息,所述终端的位置信息用于确定所述终端移出所述会话管理功能网元的服务区域。The method according to any one of claims 13 to 17, wherein the first message includes location information of the terminal, and the location information of the terminal is used to determine that the terminal moves out of the session management function The service area of the network element. 一种管理会话连接的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for managing session connections, comprising: 终端接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示单接入会话连接;The terminal receives first indication information from the session management function network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate a single-access session connection; 所述终端根据所述第一指示信息,将多接入会话连接修改为所述单接入会话连接。The terminal modifies the multi-access session connection to the single-access session connection according to the first indication information. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述单接入会话连接包括所述多接入会话连接中的第三代伙伴计划3GPP会话连接或非第三代伙伴计划Non-3GPP会话连接。The method according to claim 20, wherein the single-access session connection comprises a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP session connection or a non-3rd Generation Partnership Project Non-3GPP session connection in the multi-access session connection . 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the method further comprises: 终端接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述多接入会话连接;The terminal receives second indication information from the session management function network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate the multi-access session connection; 所述终端根据所述第二指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接修改为所述多接入会话连接。The terminal modifies the single-access session connection to the multi-access session connection according to the second indication information. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第三指示信息;receiving, by the terminal, third indication information from the session management function network element; 所述终端根据所述第三指示信息,将所述Non-3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述3GPP会话连接;和/或The terminal migrates the service corresponding to the Non-3GPP session connection to the 3GPP session connection according to the third indication information; and/or 所述终端根据所述第三指示信息,删除所述Non-3GPP会话连接。The terminal deletes the Non-3GPP session connection according to the third indication information. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第四指示信息;receiving, by the terminal, fourth indication information from the session management function network element; 所述终端根据所述第四指示信息,将所述终端将所述3GPP会话连接对应的业务迁移至所述N3GPP会话连接;和/或The terminal migrates the service corresponding to the 3GPP session connection by the terminal to the N3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information; and/or 所述终端根据所述第四指示信息,删除所述3GPP会话连接。The terminal deletes the 3GPP session connection according to the fourth indication information. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 22, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端接收第五指示信息;receiving, by the terminal, fifth indication information; 所述终端根据所述第五指示信息,建立所述3GPP会话连接。The terminal establishes the 3GPP session connection according to the fifth indication information. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 25, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端根据所述第五指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和会话管理功能网元标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、会话管理功能网元标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。The terminal modifies the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection according to the fifth indication information, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the single-access session connection. The association relationship between the session ID of the incoming session connection and the session management function network element ID, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the session management function network element ID, and the multi-access session connection. The association relationship of the session ID of the incoming session connection. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 22, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端接收第六指示信息;receiving, by the terminal, sixth indication information; 所述终端根据所述第六指示信息,建立所述Non-3GPP会话连接。The terminal establishes the Non-3GPP session connection according to the sixth indication information. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 27, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端根据所述第六指示信息,将所述单接入会话连接的关联关系修改为所述多接入会话连接的关联关系,所述单接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识和会话管理功能网元标识的关联关系,所述多接入会话连接的关联关系为所述单接入会话连接的会话标识、会话管理功能网元标识和所述多接入会话连接的会话标识的关联关系。The terminal modifies, according to the sixth indication information, the association relationship of the single-access session connection to the association relationship of the multi-access session connection, and the association relationship of the single-access session connection is the single-access session connection. The association relationship between the session ID of the incoming session connection and the session management function network element ID, the association relationship of the multi-access session connection is the session ID of the single-access session connection, the session management function network element ID, and the multi-access session connection. The association relationship of the session ID of the incoming session connection. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于调用存储器中存储的程序,以执行如权利要求1至28中任一项所述的方法。An apparatus, characterized by comprising a processor for invoking a program stored in a memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 28. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令运行时,实现如权利要求1至28中任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, characterized in that, the computer storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 28 is implemented.
PCT/CN2021/105038 2020-08-10 2021-07-07 Method and apparatus for managing session connection Ceased WO2022033246A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010797810.XA CN114071799B (en) 2020-08-10 2020-08-10 Method and device for managing session connection
CN202010797810.X 2020-08-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022033246A1 true WO2022033246A1 (en) 2022-02-17

Family

ID=80232990

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/105038 Ceased WO2022033246A1 (en) 2020-08-10 2021-07-07 Method and apparatus for managing session connection

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114071799B (en)
WO (1) WO2022033246A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190357159A1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2019-11-21 Idac Holdings, Inc. Broadcast channel transmission and demodulation
CN110650166A (en) * 2018-06-27 2020-01-03 中国电信股份有限公司 Content distribution method and system
CN110692281A (en) * 2017-07-10 2020-01-14 摩托罗拉移动有限责任公司 Multiple Access Data Connections in Mobile Networks
CN110944330A (en) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-31 华为技术有限公司 MEC platform deployment method and device
CN111034336A (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-04-17 Idac控股公司 Traffic steering and switching between multiple access networks

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113286291A (en) * 2017-03-08 2021-08-20 华为技术有限公司 Connection processing method and device in multi-access scene
CN109673060B (en) * 2017-10-17 2021-08-20 华为技术有限公司 A communication method and device
CN110035562B (en) * 2018-01-12 2021-02-12 华为技术有限公司 Session management method, device and system
CN110149665B (en) * 2018-02-14 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Network element selection method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190357159A1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2019-11-21 Idac Holdings, Inc. Broadcast channel transmission and demodulation
CN110692281A (en) * 2017-07-10 2020-01-14 摩托罗拉移动有限责任公司 Multiple Access Data Connections in Mobile Networks
CN111034336A (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-04-17 Idac控股公司 Traffic steering and switching between multiple access networks
CN110650166A (en) * 2018-06-27 2020-01-03 中国电信股份有限公司 Content distribution method and system
CN110944330A (en) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-31 华为技术有限公司 MEC platform deployment method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "5GS Location Reporting continued – NGAP text proposal", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG3 MEETING #100 R3-182727, 25 May 2018 (2018-05-25), XP051526909 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114071799A (en) 2022-02-18
CN114071799B (en) 2024-09-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12192589B2 (en) Multicast service transmission method and apparatus
CN112105065B (en) Communication method and communication device
CN113746585B (en) Time service method and communication device
WO2021249430A1 (en) Communication method and related device
US20230156833A1 (en) Packet Forwarding Method, Apparatus, and System
JP7700263B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20220264378A1 (en) Communication Method, Device, and System
CN114339714B (en) Method, device and equipment for transmitting configuration
WO2023087965A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021238882A1 (en) Method and device for implementing service continuity
US20220272577A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021208813A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022012506A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
KR102586114B1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling disorder in downlink data and computer readable medium
WO2020164620A1 (en) Communication processing method for terminal information and related device
WO2022170798A1 (en) Strategy determining method and communication apparatus
WO2022007484A1 (en) Redirection method, network device, terminal device, and readable storage medium
WO2023071847A1 (en) Service transfer method and communication apparatus
WO2023020481A1 (en) Method for transmitting data and apparatus
WO2020030059A1 (en) Information indicating method and apparatus
WO2023273880A1 (en) Transmission mode switching method and related apparatus
WO2019238050A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN116074801A (en) Communication system, communication method and communication device
WO2022033246A1 (en) Method and apparatus for managing session connection
WO2020224582A1 (en) Network slice update method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21855299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21855299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1